Aerospace Toolbox User Guide Matlab

Aerospace Toolbox Users Guide
R2012a
How to Contact MathWorks
Web Newsgroup www.mathworks.com/contact_TS.html Technical Support

www.mathworks.com comp.soft-sys.matlab [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]
Product enhancement suggestions Bug reports Documentation error reports Order status, license renewals, passcodes Sales, pricing, and general information
508-647-7000 (Phone) 508-647-7001 (Fax) The MathWorks, Inc. 3 Apple Hill Drive Natick, MA 01760-2098
For contact information about worldwide offices, see the MathWorks Web site. Aerospace Toolbox Users Guide COPYRIGHT 20062012 by The MathWorks, Inc.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement. The software may be used or copied only under the terms of the license agreement. No part of this manual may be photocopied or reproduced in any form without prior written consent from The MathWorks, Inc. FEDERAL ACQUISITION: This provision applies to all acquisitions of the Program and Documentation by, for, or through the federal government of the United States. By accepting delivery of the Program or Documentation, the government hereby agrees that this software or documentation qualifies as commercial computer software or commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used or defined in FAR 12.212, DFARS Part 227.72, and DFARS 252.227-7014. Accordingly, the terms and conditions of this Agreement and only those rights specified in this Agreement, shall pertain to and govern the use, modification, reproduction, release, performance, display, and disclosure of the Program and Documentation by the federal government (or other entity acquiring for or through the federal government) and shall supersede any conflicting contractual terms or conditions. If this License fails to meet the governments needs or is inconsistent in any respect with federal procurement law, the government agrees to return the Program and Documentation, unused, to The MathWorks, Inc.
Trademarks
MATLAB and Simulink are registered trademarks of The MathWorks, Inc. See www.mathworks.com/trademarks for a list of additional trademarks. Other product or brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
Patents
MathWorks products are protected by one or more U.S. patents. Please see www.mathworks.com/patents for more information.
Revision History
September 2006 March 2007 September 2007 March 2008 October 2008 March 2009 September 2009 March 2010 September 2010 April 2011 September 2011 March 2012
Online only Online only First printing Online only Online only Online only Online only Online only Online only Online only Online only Online only
New for Version 1.0 (Release 2006b) Revised for Version 1.1 (Release 2007a) Revised for Version 2.0 (Release 2007b) Revised for Version 2.1 (Release 2008a) Revised for Version 2.2 (Release 2008b) Revised for Version 2.3 (Release 2009a) Revised for Version 2.4 (Release 2009b) Revised for Version 2.5 (Release 2010a) Revised for Version 2.6 (Release 2010b) Revised for Version 2.7 (Release 2011a) Revised for Version 2.8 (Release 2011b) Revised for Version 2.9 (Release 2012a)
Contents
Getting Started
1
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Key Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aerospace Toolbox and Aerospace Blockset . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1-2 1-3
Using Aerospace Toolbox
2
Defining Coordinate Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fundamental Coordinate System Concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinate Systems for Modeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinate Systems for Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinate Systems for Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aerospace Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital DATCOM Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digital DATCOM Data Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Example of a USAF Digital DATCOM File . . . . . . . . . . . . . Data from DATCOM Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Imported DATCOM Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Missing DATCOM Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aerodynamic Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-D Flight Data Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aerospace Toolbox Animation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aero.Animation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running the Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 2-2 2-4 2-7 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-14 2-14 2-14 2-15 2-15 2-17 2-22 2-26 2-26 2-27 2-27
Simulated and Actual Flight Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running the Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Visualize Aircraft Takeoff via Virtual Reality Animation Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aero.FlightGearAnimation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . About the FlightGear Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Your Computer for FlightGear . . . . . . . . . . . . Install and Start FlightGear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight Simulator Interface Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Running the Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight Trajectory Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-27 2-36 2-36 2-37 2-52 2-52 2-53 2-56 2-57 2-59 2-60
Function Reference
3
Animation Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Body Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Camera Objects 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 3-11
...................................
FlightGear Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Geometry Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Node Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewpoint Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Virtual Reality Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Axes Transformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi
Contents
Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . File Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flight Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gas Dynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quaternion Math . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unit Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19
Alphabetical List
4
AC3D Files and Thumbnails
A
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
Index
vii
viii
Contents
1
Getting Started
Product Description on page 1-2 Aerospace Toolbox and Aerospace Blockset on page 1-3
Getting Started
Product Description
Aerospace reference standards, environmental models, and aerodynamic coefficient importing Aerospace Toolbox provides reference standards, environmental models, and aerodynamic coefficient importing for performing advanced aerospace analysis to develop and evaluate your designs. Options for visualizing vehicle dynamics include a six-degrees-of-freedom MATLAB animation object and interfaces to FlightGear flight simulator and Simulink 3D Animation software. These options let you visualize flight data in a three-dimensional (3-D) environment and reconstruct behavioral anomalies in flight-test results.
Key Features
Includes standards-based environmental models for atmosphere, gravity, geoid height, wind, and magnetic field Converts units and transforms coordinate systems and spatial representations Implements predefined utilities for aerospace parameter calculations, time calculations, and quaternion math Imports aerodynamic coefficients from the U.S. Air Force Digital Data Compendium (Datcom) Provides options for visualizing vehicle dynamics in a 3-D environment, including an interface to FlightGear flight simulator
1-2
Aerospace Toolbox and Aerospace Blockset
Aerospace Toolbox and Aerospace Blockset

The Aerospace product family includes the Aerospace Toolbox and Aerospace Blockset products. The toolbox provides static data analysis capabilities, while the blockset provides an environment for dynamic modeling and vehicle component modeling and simulation. The Aerospace Blockset software uses part of the functionality of the toolbox as an engine. Use these products together to model aerospace systems in the MATLAB and Simulink environments.
1-3
Getting Started
1-4
2
Defining Coordinate Systems on page 2-2 Aerospace Units on page 2-12 Digital DATCOM Data on page 2-14 3-D Flight Data Playback on page 2-26 Aero.Animation Objects on page 2-27 Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation Objects on page 2-36 Aero.FlightGearAnimation Objects on page 2-52
Defining Coordinate Systems

In this section... Fundamental Coordinate System Concepts on page 2-2 Coordinate Systems for Modeling on page 2-4 Coordinate Systems for Navigation on page 2-7 Coordinate Systems for Display on page 2-10 References on page 2-11
Fundamental Coordinate System Concepts

Coordinate systems allow you to keep track of an aircraft or spacecrafts position and orientation in space. The Aerospace Toolbox coordinate systems are based on these underlying concepts from geodesy, astronomy, and physics.
Definitions
The Aerospace Toolbox software uses right-handed (RH) Cartesian coordinate systems. The right-hand rule establishes the x-y-z sequence of coordinate axes. An inertial frame is a nonaccelerating motion reference frame. Loosely speaking, acceleration is defined with respect to the distant cosmos. In an inertial frame, Newtons second law (force = mass X acceleration) holds. Strictly defined, an inertial frame is a member of the set of all frames not accelerating relative to one another. A noninertial frame is any frame accelerating relative to an inertial frame. Its acceleration, in general, includes both translational and rotational components, resulting in pseudoforces (pseudogravity, as well as Coriolis and centrifugal forces). The toolbox models the Earths shape (the geoid) as an oblate spheroid, a special type of ellipsoid with two longer axes equal (defining the equatorial plane) and a third, slightly shorter (geopolar) axis of symmetry. The equator is the intersection of the equatorial plane and the Earths surface. The geographic poles are the intersection of the Earths surface and the geopolar axis. In general, the Earths geopolar and rotation axes are not identical.
2-2
Latitudes parallel the equator. Longitudes parallel the geopolar axis. The zero longitude or prime meridian passes through Greenwich, England.
Approximations
The Aerospace Toolbox software makes three standard approximations in defining coordinate systems relative to the Earth. The Earths surface or geoid is an oblate spheroid, defined by its longer equatorial and shorter geopolar axes. In reality, the Earth is slightly deformed with respect to the standard geoid. The Earths rotation axis and equatorial plane are perpendicular, so that the rotation and geopolar axes are identical. In reality, these axes are slightly misaligned, and the equatorial plane wobbles as the Earth rotates. This effect is negligible in most applications. The only noninertial effect in Earth-fixed coordinates is due to the Earths rotation about its axis. This is a rotating, geocentric system. The toolbox ignores the Earths motion around the Sun, the Suns motion in the Galaxy, and the Galaxys motion through cosmos. In most applications, only the Earths rotation matters. This approximation must be changed for spacecraft sent into deep space, i.e., outside the Earth-Moon system, and a heliocentric system is preferred.
Motion with Respect to Other Planets

The Aerospace Toolbox software uses the standard WGS-84 geoid to model the Earth. You can change the equatorial axis length, the flattening, and the rotation rate. You can represent the motion of spacecraft with respect to any celestial body that is well approximated by an oblate spheroid by changing the spheroid size, flattening, and rotation rate. If the celestial body is rotating westward (retrogradely), make the rotation rate negative.
2-3
Coordinate Systems for Modeling

Modeling aircraft and spacecraft is simplest if you use a coordinate system fixed in the body itself. In the case of aircraft, the forward direction is modified by the presence of wind, and the crafts motion through the air is not the same as its motion relative to the ground.
Body Coordinates
The noninertial body coordinate system is fixed in both origin and orientation to the moving craft. The craft is assumed to be rigid. The orientation of the body coordinate axes is fixed in the shape of body. The x-axis points through the nose of the craft. The y-axis points to the right of the x-axis (facing in the pilots direction of view), perpendicular to the x-axis. The z-axis points down through the bottom of the craft, perpendicular to the x-y plane and satisfying the RH rule. Translational Degrees of Freedom. Translations are defined by moving along these axes by distances x, y, and z from the origin.
P, Q, R or , , . They are
Rotational Degrees of Freedom. Rotations are defined by the Euler angles
P or : Roll about the x-axis Q or : Pitch about the y-axis R or : Yaw about the z-axis
2-4
Wind Coordinates
The noninertial wind coordinate system has its origin fixed in the rigid aircraft. The coordinate system orientation is defined relative to the crafts velocity V. The orientation of the wind coordinate axes is fixed by the velocity V. The x-axis points in the direction of V. The y-axis points to the right of the x-axis (facing in the direction of V), perpendicular to the x-axis. The z-axis points perpendicular to the x-y plane in whatever way needed to satisfy the RH rule with respect to the x- and y-axes. Translational Degrees of Freedom. Translations are defined by moving along these axes by distances x, y, and z from the origin.
2-5
Rotational Degrees of Freedom. Rotations are defined by the Euler angles , , . They are : Bank angle about the x-axis : Flight path about the y-axis : Heading angle about the z-axis
2-6
Coordinate Systems for Navigation

Modeling aerospace trajectories requires positioning and orienting the aircraft or spacecraft with respect to the rotating Earth. Navigation coordinates are defined with respect to the center and surface of the Earth.
Geocentric and Geodetic Latitudes

The geocentric latitude on the Earths surface is defined by the angle subtended by the radius vector from the Earths center to the surface point with the equatorial plane. The geodetic latitude on the Earths surface is defined by the angle subtended by the surface normal vector n and the equatorial plane.
2-7
NED Coordinates
The north-east-down (NED) system is a noninertial system with its origin fixed at the aircraft or spacecrafts center of gravity. Its axes are oriented along the geodetic directions defined by the Earths surface. The x-axis points north parallel to the geoid surface, in the polar direction. The y-axis points east parallel to the geoid surface, along a latitude curve. The z-axis points downward, toward the Earths surface, antiparallel to the surfaces outward normal n. Flying at a constant altitude means flying at a constant z above the Earths surface.
2-8
ECI Coordinates
The Earth-centered inertial (ECI) system is a mixed inertial system. It is oriented with respect to the Sun. Its origin is fixed at the center of the Earth. The z-axis points northward along the Earths rotation axis. The x-axis points outward in the Earths equatorial plane exactly at the Sun. (This rule ignores the Suns oblique angle to the equator, which varies with season. The actual Sun always remains in the x-z plane.) The y-axis points into the eastward quadrant, perpendicular to the x-z plane so as to satisfy the RH rule.
Earth-Centered Coordinates
2-9
ECEF Coordinates
The Earth-center, Earth-fixed (ECEF) system is a noninertial system that rotates with the Earth. Its origin is fixed at the center of the Earth. The z-axis points northward along the Earths rotation axis. The x-axis points outward along the intersection of the Earths equatorial plane and prime meridian. The y-axis points into the eastward quadrant, perpendicular to the x-z plane so as to satisfy the RH rule.
Coordinate Systems for Display

The Aerospace Toolbox software lets you use FlightGear coordinates for rendering motion. FlightGear is an open-source, third-party flight simulator with an interface supported by the Aerospace Toolbox product. Flight Simulator Interface Example on page 2-57 discusses the toolbox interface to FlightGear. See the FlightGear documentation at www.flightgear.org for complete information about this flight simulator. The FlightGear coordinates form a special body-fixed system, rotated from the standard body coordinate system about the y-axis by -180 degrees: The x-axis is positive toward the back of the vehicle. The y-axis is positive toward the right of the vehicle. The z-axis is positive upward, e.g., wheels typically have the lowest z values.
2-10
References
Recommended Practice for Atmospheric and Space Flight Vehicle Coordinate Systems, R-004-1992, ANSI/AIAA, February 1992. Mapping Toolbox Users Guide, The MathWorks, Inc., Natick, Massachusetts. www.mathworks.com/help/toolbox/map/. Rogers, R. M., Applied Mathematics in Integrated Navigation Systems, AIAA, Reston, Virginia, 2000. Stevens, B. L., and F. L. Lewis, Aircraft Control and Simulation, 2nd ed., Wiley-Interscience, New York, 2003. Thomson, W. T., Introduction to Space Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1961/Dover Publications, Mineola, New York, 1986. World Geodetic System 1984 (WGS 84),
http://earth-info.nga.mil/GandG/wgs84.
2-11
Aerospace Units
The Aerospace Toolbox functions support standard measurement systems. The Unit Conversion functions provide means for converting common measurement units from one system to another, such as converting velocity from feet per second to meters per second and vice versa. The unit conversion functions support all units listed in this table. Quantity Acceleration MKS (SI) meters/second2 (m/s2), kilometers/second2 (km/s2), (kilometers/hour)/second (km/h-s), g-unit (g) radian (rad), degree (deg), revolution radians/second2 (rad/s2), degrees/second2 (deg/s2) radians/second (rad/s), degrees/second (deg/s), revolutions/minute (rpm), revolutions/second (rps) kilogram/meter3 (kg/m3) English inches/second2 (in/s2), feet/second2 (ft/s2), (miles/hour)/second (mph/s), g-unit (g) radian (rad), degree (deg), revolution radians/second2 (rad/s2), degrees/second2 (deg/s2) radians/second (rad/s), degrees/second (deg/s), revolutions/minute (rpm), revolutions/second (rps) pound mass/foot3 (lbm/ft3), slug/foot3 (slug/ft3), pound mass/inch3 (lbm/in3) pound (lb)
2 2
Angle Angular acceleration Angular velocity
Density
Force Inertia Length Mass
newton (N) kilogram-meter (kg-m ) meter (m) kilogram (kg)
slug-foot2 (slug-ft2) inch (in), foot (ft), mile (mi), nautical mile (nm) slug (slug), pound mass (lbm)
2-12
Aerospace Units
Quantity Pressure
MKS (SI) pascal (Pa)
English pound/inch2 (psi), pound/foot2 (psf), atmosphere (atm) degrees Fahrenheit (oF), degrees Rankine (oR) pound-feet (lb-ft) inches/second (in/sec), feet/second (ft/sec), feet/minute (ft/min), miles/hour (mph), knots
Temperature Torque Velocity
kelvin (K), degrees Celsius (oC) newton-meter (N-m) meters/second (m/s), kilometers/second (km/s), kilometers/hour (km/h)
2-13
Digital DATCOM Data

In this section... Digital DATCOM Data Overview on page 2-14 Example of a USAF Digital DATCOM File on page 2-14 Data from DATCOM Files on page 2-15 Imported DATCOM Data on page 2-15 Missing DATCOM Data on page 2-17 Aerodynamic Coefficients on page 2-22
Digital DATCOM Data Overview

The Aerospace Toolbox product enables bringing United States Air Force (USAF) Digital DATCOM files into the MATLAB environment by using the datcomimport function. For more information, see the datcomimport function reference page. This section explains how to import data from a USAF Digital DATCOM file. The example used in the following topics is available as an Aerospace Toolbox example. You can run the example either by entering astimportddatcom in the MATLAB Command Window or by finding the example entry (Importing from USAF Digital DATCOM Files) in the MATLAB Online Help and clicking Run in the Command Window on its example page.
Example of a USAF Digital DATCOM File

The following is a sample input file for USAF Digital DATCOM for a wing-body-horizontal tail-vertical tail configuration running over five alphas, two Mach numbers, and two altitudes and calculating static and dynamic derivatives. You can also view this file by entering type astdatcom.in in the MATLAB Command Window.
$FLTCON NMACH=2.0,MACH(1)=0.1,0.2$ $FLTCON NALT=2.0,ALT(1)=5000.0,8000.0$ $FLTCON NALPHA=5.,ALSCHD(1)=-2.0,0.0,2.0, ALSCHD(4)=4.0,8.0,LOOP=2.0$ $OPTINS SREF=225.8,CBARR=5.75,BLREF=41.15$
2-14
Digital DATCOM Data
$SYNTHS XCG=7.08,ZCG=0.0,XW=6.1,ZW=-1.4,ALIW=1.1,XH=20.2, ZH=0.4,ALIH=0.0,XV=21.3,ZV=0.0,VERTUP=.TRUE.$ $BODY NX=10.0, X(1)=-4.9,0.0,3.0,6.1,9.1,13.3,20.2,23.5,25.9, R(1)=0.0,1.0,1.75,2.6,2.6,2.6,2.0,1.0,0.0$ $WGPLNF CHRDTP=4.0,SSPNE=18.7,SSPN=20.6,CHRDR=7.2,SAVSI=0.0,CHSTAT=0.25, TWISTA=-1.1,SSPNDD=0.0,DHDADI=3.0,DHDADO=3.0,TYPE=1.0$ NACA-W-6-64A412 $HTPLNF CHRDTP=2.3,SSPNE=5.7,SSPN=6.625,CHRDR=0.25,SAVSI=11.0, CHSTAT=1.0,TWISTA=0.0,TYPE=1.0$ NACA-H-4-0012 $VTPLNF CHRDTP=2.7,SSPNE=5.0,SSPN=5.2,CHRDR=5.3,SAVSI=31.3, CHSTAT=0.25,TWISTA=0.0,TYPE=1.0$ NACA-V-4-0012 CASEID SKYHOGG BODY-WING-HORIZONTAL TAIL-VERTICAL TAIL CONFIG DAMP NEXT CASE
The output file generated by USAF Digital DATCOM for the same wing-body-horizontal tail-vertical tail configuration running over five alphas, two Mach numbers, and two altitudes can be viewed by entering type astdatcom.out in the MATLAB Command Window.
Data from DATCOM Files

Use the datcomimport function to bring the Digital DATCOM data into the MATLAB environment.
alldata = datcomimport('astdatcom.out', true, 0);
Imported DATCOM Data

The datcomimport function creates a cell array of structures containing the data from the Digital DATCOM output file.
data = alldata{1} data =
case: 'SKYHOGG BODY-WING-HORIZONTAL TAIL-VERTICAL TAIL CONFIG' mach: [0.1000 0.2000] alt: [5000 8000]
2-15
alpha: [-2 0 2 4 8] nmach: 2 nalt: 2 nalpha: 5 rnnub: [] hypers: 0 loop: 2 sref: 225.8000 cbar: 5.7500 blref: 41.1500 dim: 'ft' deriv: 'deg' stmach: 0.6000 tsmach: 1.4000 save: 0 stype: [] trim: 0 damp: 1 build: 1 part: 0 highsym: 0 highasy: 0 highcon: 0 tjet: 0 hypeff: 0 lb: 0 pwr: 0 grnd: 0 wsspn: 18.7000 hsspn: 5.7000 ndelta: 0 delta: [] deltal: [] deltar: [] ngh: 0 grndht: [] config: [1x1 struct] cd: [5x2x2 double] cl: [5x2x2 double] cm: [5x2x2 double]
2-16
Digital DATCOM Data
cn: [5x2x2 double] ca: [5x2x2 double] xcp: [5x2x2 double] cla: [5x2x2 double] cma: [5x2x2 double] cyb: [5x2x2 double] cnb: [5x2x2 double] clb: [5x2x2 double] qqinf: [5x2x2 double] eps: [5x2x2 double] depsdalp: [5x2x2 double] clq: [5x2x2 double] cmq: [5x2x2 double] clad: [5x2x2 double] cmad: [5x2x2 double] clp: [5x2x2 double] cyp: [5x2x2 double] cnp: [5x2x2 double] cnr: [5x2x2 double] clr: [5x2x2 double]
Missing DATCOM Data

By default, missing data points are set to 99999 and data points are set to NaN where no DATCOM methods exist or where the method is not applicable. It can be seen in the Digital DATCOM output file and examining the imported data that CY , Cn , Clq , and Cmq have data only in the first alpha value. Here are the imported data values.
data.cyb ans(:,:,1) =
1.0e+004 *
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
2-17
ans(:,:,2) =
1.0e+004 *
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
data.cnb ans(:,:,1) =
1.0e+004 *
0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
ans(:,:,2) =
1.0e+004 *
0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
data.clq ans(:,:,1) =
1.0e+004 *
0.0000
0.0000
2-18
Digital DATCOM Data
9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
ans(:,:,2) =
1.0e+004 *
0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
data.cmq ans(:,:,1) =
1.0e+004 *
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
ans(:,:,2) =
1.0e+004 *
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999
The missing data points will be filled with the values for the first alpha, since these data points are meant to be used for all alpha values.
2-19
aerotab = {'cyb' 'cnb' 'clq' 'cmq'};
for k = 1:length(aerotab) for m = 1:data.nmach for h = 1:data.nalt data.(aerotab{k})(:,m,h) = data.(aerotab{k})(1,m,h); end end end
Here are the updated imported data values.

data.cyb ans(:,:,1) =
-0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035
-0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035
ans(:,:,2) =
-0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035
-0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035 -0.0035
data.cnb ans(:,:,1) =
1.0e-003 *
0.9142 0.9142 0.9142 0.9142 0.9142
0.8781 0.8781 0.8781 0.8781 0.8781
2-20
Digital DATCOM Data
ans(:,:,2) =
1.0e-003 *
0.9190 0.9190 0.9190 0.9190 0.9190
0.8829 0.8829 0.8829 0.8829 0.8829
data.clq ans(:,:,1) =
0.0974 0.0974 0.0974 0.0974 0.0974
0.0984 0.0984 0.0984 0.0984 0.0984
ans(:,:,2) =
0.0974 0.0974 0.0974 0.0974 0.0974
0.0984 0.0984 0.0984 0.0984 0.0984
data.cmq ans(:,:,1) =
-0.0892 -0.0892 -0.0892 -0.0892 -0.0892
-0.0899 -0.0899 -0.0899 -0.0899 -0.0899
2-21
ans(:,:,2) =
-0.0892 -0.0892 -0.0892 -0.0892 -0.0892
-0.0899 -0.0899 -0.0899 -0.0899 -0.0899
Aerodynamic Coefficients
You can now plot the aerodynamic coefficients: Plotting Lift Curve Moments on page 2-22 Plotting Drag Polar Moments on page 2-23 Plotting Pitching Moments on page 2-24
Plotting Lift Curve Moments

h1 = figure; figtitle = {'Lift Curve' ''}; for k=1:2 subplot(2,1,k) plot(data.alpha,permute(data.cl(:,k,:),[1 3 2])) grid ylabel(['Lift Coefficient (Mach =' num2str(data.mach(k)) ')']) title(figtitle{k}); end xlabel('Angle of Attack (deg)')
2-22
Digital DATCOM Data
Plotting Drag Polar Moments

h2 = figure; figtitle = {'Drag Polar' ''}; for k=1:2 subplot(2,1,k) plot(permute(data.cd(:,k,:),[1 3 2]),permute(data.cl(:,k,:),[1 3 2])) grid ylabel(['Lift Coefficient (Mach =' num2str(data.mach(k)) ')']) title(figtitle{k}) end xlabel('Drag Coefficient')
2-23
Plotting Pitching Moments

h3 = figure; figtitle = {'Pitching Moment' ''}; for k=1:2 subplot(2,1,k) plot(permute(data.cm(:,k,:),[1 3 2]),permute(data.cl(:,k,:),[1 3 2])) grid ylabel(['Lift Coefficient (Mach =' num2str(data.mach(k)) ')']) title(figtitle{k}) end xlabel('Pitching Moment Coefficient')
2-24
Digital DATCOM Data
2-25
3-D Flight Data Playback

Aerospace Toolbox Animation Objects
To visualize flight data in the Aerospace Toolbox environment, you can use the following animation objects and their associated methods. These animation objects use the MATLAB time series object, timeseries to visualize flight data. Aero.Animation Visualize flight data without any other tool or toolbox. The following objects support this object.
Aero.Body Aero.Camera Aero.Geometry
For more information, see Aero.Animation Objects on page 2-27. Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation Visualize flight data with the Simulink 3D Animation product. The following objects support this object.
Aero.Node Aero.Viewpoint
For more information, see Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation Objects on page 2-36. Aero.FlightGearAnimation Visualize flight data with the FlightGear simulator. For more information, see Aero.FlightGearAnimation Objects on page 2-52.
2-26
Aero.Animation Objects
The toolbox interface to animation objects uses the Handle Graphics product. The Overlaying Simulated and Actual Flight Data (astmlanim) example visually compares simulated and actual flight trajectory data by creating animation objects, creating bodies for those objects, and loading the flight trajectory data. Create and configure an animation object. Load recorded data for flight trajectories. Display body geometries in a figure window. Play back flight trajectories using the animation object. Manipulate the camera. Move and reposition bodies. Create a transparency in the first body. Change the color of the second body. Turn off the landing gear of the second body.
Running the Example

1 Start the MATLAB software. 2 Either enter astmlanim in the MATLAB Command Window or by find
the example entry (Overlaying Simulated and Actual Flight Data) in the MATLAB Online Help. Then, click Run in the Command Window on its example page. While running, the example performs several steps by issuing a series of commands.
Simulated and Actual Flight Data

Creating and Configuring an Animation Object
This series of commands creates an animation object and configures the object.
2-27
1 Create an animation object.
h = Aero.Animation;
2 Configure the animation object to set the number of frames per second
(FramesPerSecond) property. This configuration controls the rate at which frames are displayed in the figure window.
h.FramesPerSecond = 10;
3 Configure the animation object to set the seconds of animation data per
second time scaling (TimeScaling) property.

h.TimeScaling = 5;
The combination of FramesPerSecond and TimeScaling property determine the time step of the simulation. These settings result in a time step of approximately 0.5 s.
4 Create and load bodies for the animation object. This example uses these
bodies to work with and display the simulated and actual flight trajectories. The first body is orange; it represents simulated data. The second body is blue; it represents the actual flight data.
idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); idx2 = h.createBody('pa24-250_blue.ac','Ac3d');
Both bodies are AC3D format files. AC3D is one of several file formats that the animation objects support. FlightGear uses the same file format. The animation object reads in the bodies in the AC3D format and stores them as patches in the geometry object within the animation object.
Loading Recorded Data for Flight Trajectories

This series of commands loads the recorded flight trajectory data, which is contained in files in the matlabroot\toolbox\aero\astdemos folder. simdata Contains simulated flight trajectory data, which is set up as a 6DoF array. fltdata Contains actual flight trajectory data which is set up in a custom format. To access this custom format data, the example must set the body
2-28
object TimeSeriesSourceType parameter to Custom and then specify a custom read function.
1 Load the flight trajectory data.
load simdata load fltdata

2 Set the time series data for the two bodies.
h.Bodies{1}.TimeSeriesSource = simdata; h.Bodies{2}.TimeSeriesSource = fltdata;

3 Identify the time series for the second body as custom.
h.Bodies{2}.TimeSeriesSourceType = 'Custom';
4 Specify the custom read function to access the data in fltdata for
the second body. The example provides the custom read function in matlabroot\toolbox\aero\astdemos\CustomReadBodyTSData.m.
h.Bodies{2}.TimeseriesReadFcn = @CustomReadBodyTSData;
Displaying Body Geometries in a Figure Window

This command creates a figure object for the animation object.
h.show();
Playing Back Flight Trajectories Using the Animation Object

This command plays back the animation bodies for the duration of the time series data. This playback illustrates the differences between the simulated and actual flight data.
h.play();
2-29
Manipulating the Camera

This command series describes how you can manipulate the camera on the two bodies and redisplay the animation. The PositionFcn property of a camera object controls the camera position relative to the bodies in the animation. In the section, Playing Back Flight Trajectories Using the Animation Object on page 2-29, the camera object uses a default value for the PositionFcn property. In this command series, the example references a custom PositionFcn function which uses a static position based on the position of the bodies. No dynamics are involved. The custom PositionFcn function is located in the matlabroot\toolbox\aero\astdemos folder.
1 Set the camera PositionFcn to the custom function
staticCameraPosition. h.Camera.PositionFcn = @staticCameraPosition;
2-30
2 Run the animation again.
h.play();
Moving and Repositioning Bodies

This series of commands illustrates how to move and reposition bodies.
1 Set the starting time to 0.
t = 0;
2 Move the body to the starting position that is based on the time series data.
Use the Aero.Animation object Aero.Animation.updateBodies method.

h.updateBodies(t);
3 Update the camera position using the custom PositionFcn
function set in the previous section. Use the Aero.Animation object Aero.Animation.updateCamera method.
h.updateCamera(t);
4 Reposition the bodies by first getting the current body position, then
separating the bodies.

a Get the current body positions and rotations from the objects of both
bodies.
pos1 rot1 pos2 rot2 = = = = h.Bodies{1}.Position; h.Bodies{1}.Rotation; h.Bodies{2}.Position; h.Bodies{2}.Rotation;
b Separate and reposition the bodies by moving them to new positions.
h.moveBody(1,pos1 + [0 0 -3],rot1); h.moveBody(2,pos1 + [0 0 0],rot2);
2-31
Creating a Transparency in the First Body

This series of commands illustrates how to create and attach a transparency to a body. The animation object stores the body geometry as patches. This example manipulates the transparency properties of these patches (see Creating 3-D Models with Patches in the MATLAB documentation). Note The use of transparencies might decrease animation speed on platforms that use software OpenGL rendering (see opengl in the MATLAB documentation).
1 Change the body patch properties. Use the Aero.Body PatchHandles
property to get the patch handles for the first body.

patchHandles2 = h.Bodies{1}.PatchHandles;
2 Set the face and edge alpha values that you want for the transparency.
2-32
desiredFaceTransparency = .3; desiredEdgeTransparency = 1;

3 Get the current face and edge alpha data and change all values to the alpha
values that you want. In the figure, the first body now has a transparency.
for k = 1:size(patchHandles2,1) tempFaceAlpha = get(patchHandles2(k),'FaceVertexAlphaData'); tempEdgeAlpha = get(patchHandles2(k),'EdgeAlpha'); set(patchHandles2(k),... 'FaceVertexAlphaData',repmat(desiredFaceTransparency,size(tempFaceAlpha))); set(patchHandles2(k),... 'EdgeAlpha',repmat(desiredEdgeTransparency,size(tempEdgeAlpha))); end
Changing the Color of the Second Body

This series of commands illustrates how to change the color of a body. The animation object stores the body geometry as patches. This example manipulates the FaceVertexColorData property of these patches.
2-33
1 Change the body patch properties. Use the Aero.Body PatchHandles
property to get the patch handles for the first body.

patchHandles3 = h.Bodies{2}.PatchHandles;
2 Set the patch color to red.
desiredColor = [1 0 0];
3 Get the current face color and data and propagate the new patch color,
red, to the face. The if condition prevents the windows from being colored. The name property is stored in the body geometry data
(h.Bodies{2}.Geometry.FaceVertexColorData(k).name).
The code changes only the indices in patchHandles3 with nonwindow counterparts in the body geometry data. Note If you cannot access the name property to determine the parts of the vehicle to color, you must use an alternative way to selectively color your vehicle.
for k = 1:size(patchHandles3,1) tempFaceColor = get(patchHandles3(k),'FaceVertexCData'); tempName = h.Bodies{2}.Geometry.FaceVertexColorData(k).name; if isempty(strfind(tempName,'Windshield')) &&... isempty(strfind(tempName,'front-windows')) &&... isempty(strfind(tempName,'rear-windows')) set(patchHandles3(k),... 'FaceVertexCData',repmat(desiredColor,[size(tempFaceColor,1),1])); end end
Turning Off the Landing Gear of the Second Body

This command series illustrates how to turn off the landing gear on the second body by turning off the visibility of all the vehicle parts associated with the landing gear.
2-34
Note The indices into the patchHandles3 vector are determined from the name property. If you cannot access the name property to determine the indices, you must use an alternative way to determine the indices that correspond to the geometry parts.
for k = [1:8,11:14,52:57] set(patchHandles3(k),'Visible','off') end
2-35
Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation Objects
The Aerospace Toolbox interface to virtual reality animation objects uses the Simulink 3D Animation software. For more information, see Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation, Aero.Node, and Aero.Viewpoint. Create, configure, and initialize an animation object. Enable the tracking of changes to virtual worlds. Load the animation world. Load time series data for simulation. Set coordination information for the object. Add a chase helicopter to the object. Load time series data for chase helicopter simulation. Set coordination information for the new object. Add a new viewpoint for the helicopter. Play the animation. Create a new viewpoint. Add a route. Add another helicopter. Remove bodies. Revert to the original world.
Running the Example

1 Start the MATLAB software. 2 Either enter astvranim in the MATLAB Command Window or find the
example entry (Visualize Aircraft Takeoff via the Simulink 3D Animation product) in the MATLAB Online Help. Then, click Run in the Command Window on its example page. While running, the example performs several steps by issuing a series of commands.
2-36
Visualize Aircraft Takeoff via Virtual Reality Animation Object

Visualize aircraft takeoff and chase helicopter with the virtual reality animation object. This example shows how you can use the Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation object to set up a virtual reality animation based on the asttkoff.wrl file. The scene simulates an aircraft takeoff. The example adds a chase vehicle to the simulation and a chase viewpoint associated with the new vehicle.
Create the Animation Object
This code creates an instance of the Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation object.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation;
Set the Animation Object Properties
This code sets the number of frames per second and the seconds of animation data per second time scaling. 'FramesPerSecond' controls the rate at which frames are displayed in the figure window. 'TimeScaling' is the seconds of animation data per second time scaling. The 'TimeScaling' and 'FramesPerSecond' properties determine the time step of the simulation. The settings in this example result in a time step of approximately 0.5s. The equation is: (1/FramesPerSecond)*TimeScaling + extra terms to handle for sub-second precision.
h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5;
This code sets the .wrl file to be used in the virtual reality animation.
h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl'];
Change Directory
The VirtualRealityAnimation object methods use temporary .wrl files to keep track of changes to the world. This requires the directory containing the
2-37
original .wrl file to be writable. This code runs the example from a temporary directory to ensure there are no issues with directory permissions. Note if you are running a demonstration copy of the Simulink 3D Animation software you will receive an error.
% Copy file to temporary directory copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); % Set world filename to the copied .wrl file. h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'];
Initialize the Virtual Reality Animation Object
The initialize method loads the animation world described in the 'VRWorldFilename' field of the animation object. When parsing the world, node objects are created for existing nodes with DEF names. The initialize method also opens the Simulink 3D Animation viewer.
h.initialize();
2-38
Set Additional Node Information
This code sets simulation timeseries data. takeoffData.mat contains logged simulated data. takeoffData is set up as a 'StructureWithTime', which is one of the default data formats.
load takeoffData [~, idxPlane] = find(strcmp('Plane', h.nodeInfo)); h.Nodes{idxPlane}.TimeseriesSource = takeoffData; h.Nodes{idxPlane}.TimeseriesSourceType = 'StructureWithTime';
Set Coordinate Transform Function
The virtual reality animation object expects positions and rotations in aerospace body coordinates. If the input data is different, you must create a
2-39
coordinate transformation function in order to correctly line up the position and rotation data with the surrounding objects in the virtual world. This code sets the coordinate transformation function for the virtual reality animation. In this particular case, if the input translation coordinates are [x1,y1,z1], they must be adjusted as follows: [X,Y,Z] = -[y1,x1,z1]. The custom transform function can be seen here:
matlabroot/toolbox/aero/astdemos/vranimCustomTransform.m h.Nodes{idxPlane}.CoordTransformFcn = @vranimCustomTransform;
Add a Chase Helicopter
This code shows how to add a chase helicopter to the animation object. You can view all the nodes currently in the virtual reality animation object by using the nodeInfo method. When called with no output argument, this method prints the node information to the command window. With an output argument, the method sets node information to that argument.
h.nodeInfo;
Node Information 1 Camera1 2 Plane 3 _V2 4 Block 5 Terminal 6 _v3 7 Lighthouse 8 _v1
This code moves the camera angle of the virtual reality figure to view the aircraft.
set(h.VRFigure,'CameraDirection',[0.45 0 -1]);
2-40
Use the addNode method to add another node to the object. By default, each time you add or remove a node or route, or when you call the saveas method, Aerospace Toolbox displays a message about the current .wrl file location. To disable this message, set the 'ShowSaveWarning' property in the VirtualRealityAnimation object.
h.ShowSaveWarning = false; h.addNode('Lynx',[matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/chaseHelicopter.wrl'])
2-41
Another call to nodeInfo shows the newly added Node objects.

h.nodeInfo
Node Information 1 Camera1 2 Plane 3 _V2 4 Block 5 Terminal 6 _v3 7 Lighthouse 8 _v1
2-42
9 Lynx 10 Lynx_Inline
Adjust newly added helicopter to sit on runway.

[~, idxLynx] = find(strcmp('Lynx',h.nodeInfo)); h.Node{idxLynx}.VRNode.translation = [0 1.5 0];
This code sets data properties for the chase helicopter. The 'TimeseriesSourceType' is the default 'Array6DoF', so no additional property changes are needed. The same coordinate transform function (vranimCustomTransform) is used for this node as the preceding node. The previous call to nodeInfo returned the node index (2).
load chaseData h.Nodes{idxLynx}.TimeseriesSource = chaseData; h.Nodes{idxLynx}.CoordTransformFcn = @vranimCustomTransform;
Create New Viewpoint
This code uses the addViewpoint method to create a new viewpoint named chaseView. The new viewpoint will appear in the viewpoint pulldown menu in the virtual reality window as "View From Helicopter". Another call to nodeInfo shows the newly added node objects. The node is created as a child of the chase helicopter.
h.addViewpoint(h.Nodes{idxLynx}.VRNode,'children','chaseView','View From He
2-43
Play Animation
The play method runs the simulation for the specified timeseries data.
h.play();
Play Animation From Helicopter
This code sets the orientation of the viewpoint via the vrnode object associated with the node object for the viewpoint. In this case, it will change the viewpoint to look out the left side of the helicopter at the plane.
[~, idxChaseView] = find(strcmp('chaseView',h.nodeInfo)); h.Nodes{idxChaseView}.VRNode.orientation = [0 1 0 convang(200,'deg','rad')] set(h.VRFigure,'Viewpoint','View From Helicopter');
2-44
Add ROUTE
This code calls the addRoute method to add a ROUTE command to connect the plane position to the Camera1 node. This will allow for the "Ride on the Plane" viewpoint to function as intended.
h.addRoute('Plane','translation','Camera1','translation');
2-45
The scene from the helicopter viewpoint This code plays the animation.
h.play();
2-46
Add Another Body
This code adds another helicopter to the scene. It also changes to another viewpoint to view all three bodies in the scene at once.
set(h.VRFigure,'Viewpoint','See Whole Trajectory'); h.addNode('Lynx1',[matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/chaseHelicopter.wrl'] h.nodeInfo
Node Information 1 Camera1 2 Plane 3 _V2 4 Block
2-47
5 Terminal 6 _v3 7 Lighthouse 8 _v1 9 Lynx 10 Lynx_Inline 11 chaseView 12 Lynx1 13 Lynx1_Inline
Adjust newly added helicopter to sit above runway.

[~, idxLynx1] = find(strcmp('Lynx1',h.nodeInfo)); h.Node{idxLynx1}.VRNode.translation = [0 1.3 0];
2-48
Remove Body
This code uses the removeNode method to remove the second helicopter. removeNode takes either the node name or node index (as obtained from nodeInfo). The associated inline node is removed as well.
h.removeNode('Lynx1'); h.nodeInfo
Node Information 1 Camera1 2 Plane 3 _V2 4 Block 5 Terminal 6 _v3 7 Lighthouse 8 _v1 9 Lynx 10 Lynx_Inline 11 chaseView
2-49
Revert To Original World
The original filename is stored in the 'VRWorldOldFilename' property of the animation object. To bring up the original world, set 'VRWorldFilename' to the original name and reinitializing it.
h.VRWorldFilename = h.VRWorldOldFilename{1}; h.initialize();
2-50
Close and Delete World
To close and delete

h.delete();
2-51
Aero.FlightGearAnimation Objects
The Aerospace Toolbox interface to the FlightGear flight simulator enables you to visualize flight data in a three-dimensional environment. The third-party FlightGear simulator is an open source software package available through a GNU General Public License (GPL). This section describes how to obtain and install the third-party FlightGear flight simulator. It also describes how to play back 3-D flight data by using a FlightGear example, provided with your Aerospace Toolbox software. In this section... About the FlightGear Interface on page 2-52 Configuring Your Computer for FlightGear on page 2-53 Install and Start FlightGear on page 2-56 Flight Simulator Interface Example on page 2-57 Running the Example on page 2-59 Flight Trajectory Data on page 2-60
About the FlightGear Interface

The FlightGear flight simulator interface included with the Aerospace Toolbox product is a unidirectional transmission link from the MATLAB software to FlightGear. It uses FlightGears published net_fdm binary data exchange protocol. Data is transmitted via UDP network packets to a running instance of FlightGear. The toolbox supports multiple standard binary distributions of FlightGear. For interface details, see Flight Simulator Interface Example on page 2-57. FlightGear is a separate software entity that is not created, owned, or maintained by MathWorks.
To report bugs in or request enhancements to the Aerospace Toolbox FlightGear interface, contact MathWorks technical support at http://www.mathworks.com/support/contact_us/index.html?s_cid=contact_us_support_c To report bugs or request enhancements to FlightGear itself, go to www.flightgear.org and use the contact page.
2-52
Obtaining FlightGear Software

You can obtain FlightGear software from www.flightgear.org in the download area or by ordering CDs from FlightGear. The download area contains extensive documentation for installation and configuration. Because FlightGear is an open source project, source downloads are also available for customization and porting to custom environments.
Configuring Your Computer for FlightGear

You must have a high performance graphics card with stable drivers to use FlightGear. For more information, see the FlightGear CD distribution or the hardware requirements and documentation areas of the FlightGear Web site, www.flightgear.org. MathWorks tests of FlightGear performance and stability indicate significant sensitivity to computer video cards, driver versions, and driver settings. You must have OpenGL support with hardware acceleration activated. The OpenGL settings are particularly important. Without proper setup, performance can drop from about a 30 frames-per-second (fps) update rate to less than 1 fps.
Graphics Recommendations for Microsoft Windows

For Windows users, it is a best practice to use the following graphics recommendations: A graphics card with good OpenGL performance. The latest tested and stable driver release for your video card. Test the driver thoroughly on a few computers before deploying to others. For Microsoft Windows XP systems running on x86 (32-bit) or AMD-64/EM64T chip architectures, the graphics card operates in the unprotected kernel space known as Ring Zero. Problems in the driver can cause the Windows operating system to lock or crash. Before buying a large number of computers for 3-D applications, with your vendor, test one or two computers to find a combination of hardware, operating system, drivers, and settings that are stable for your applications.
2-53
Setting Up OpenGL Graphics on Windows

For complete information on Silicon Graphics OpenGL settings, refer to the documentation at the OpenGL Web site, www.opengl.org. Follow these steps to optimize your video card settings. Your drivers panes might look different.
1 Ensure that you have activated the OpenGL hardware acceleration on
your video card. On Windows, access this configuration through Start > Settings > Control Panel > Display, which opens the following dialog box. Select the Settings tab.
2 In the lower right of the dialog box, click the Advanced button, which
opens the graphics card custom configuration dialog box. Go to the OpenGL tab. For an ATI Mobility Radeon 9000 video card, the OpenGL pane looks like the following graphic.
2-54
3 For best performance, near the top of the dialog box, move the Main
Settings slider to the Performance end of the slider.

4 If stability is a problem, try other screen resolutions, other color depths in
the Displays pane, and other OpenGL acceleration modes. Many cards perform much better at 16 bits-per-pixel color depth (also known as 65536 color mode, 16-bit color). For example, on an ATI Mobility Radeon 9000 running a given model, 30 fps are achieved in 16-bit color mode, while 2 fps are achieved in 32-bit color mode.
Setup on Linux, Mac OS X, and Other Platforms

FlightGear distributions are available for Linux, Mac OS X, and other UNIX platforms from the FlightGear Web site, www.flightgear.org. Installation on these platforms, like Windows, requires careful configuration of graphics cards and drivers. Consult the documentation and hardware requirements sections at the FlightGear Web site.
2-55
MATLAB Graphics Controls to Configure Your OpenGL Settings

You can also control your OpenGL rendering from the MATLAB command line with the MATLAB Graphics opengl command. For more information, consult the opengl command reference.
Install and Start FlightGear

The extensive FlightGear documentation guides you through the installation. For complete installation instructions, consult the documentation section of the FlightGear Web site www.flightgear.org. Note: Generous central processor speed, system and video RAM, and virtual memory are essential for good flight simulator performance. Have a minimum of 512 megabytes of system RAM and 128 megabytes of video RAM for reasonable performance. Have sufficient disk space for the FlightGear download and installation. Before you install FlightGear, configure your computer graphics card. See the preceding section, Configuring Your Computer for FlightGear on page 2-53. Before installing FlightGear, shut down all running applications (including the MATLAB software). The operational stability of FlightGear is especially sensitive during startup. It is best to not move, resize, mouse over, overlap, or cover up the FlightGear window until the initial simulation scene appears after the startup splash screen fades out. The current releases of FlightGear are optimized for flight visualization at altitudes below 100,000 feet. FlightGear does not work well or at all with very high altitude and orbital views. The Aerospace Toolbox product supports FlightGear on a number of platforms (http://www.mathworks.com/products/aerotb/requirements.html). The following table lists the properties to be aware of before you start using FlightGear.
2-56
FlightGear Property
FlightGearBaseDirectory
Folder Description FlightGear installation folder.
Platforms Windows Sun Solaris or Linux Mac
Typical Location
C:\Program Files\FlightGear
(default) Directory into which you installed FlightGear

/Applications
(folder into which you dragged the FlightGear icon)

C:\Program Files\FlightGear\data\Aircraft\HL20
GeometryModelName
Model geometry folder
Windows
(default) Solaris or Linux Mac

$FlightGearBaseDirectory/data/Aircraft/HL20 $FlightGearBaseDirectory/FlightGear.app/Contents/Resources/data/Aircraft/HL20
Flight Simulator Interface Example

The Aerospace Toolbox product provides an example named Displaying Flight Trajectory Data. This example shows you how you can visualize flight trajectories with FlightGear Animation object. The example is intended to be modified depending on the particulars of your FlightGear installation. Use this example to play back your own 3-D flight data with FlightGear. Before attempting to simulate this model, you must have FlightGear installed and configured. See About the FlightGear Interface on page 2-52. To run the example: Import the aircraft geometry into FlightGear. Run the example. The example performs the following steps:
Loads recorded trajectory data.
2-57
Creates a time series object from trajectory data. Creates a FlightGearAnimation object.
Modify the animation object properties, if needed. Create a run script for launching the FlightGear flight simulator. Start the FlightGear flight simulator. Play back the flight trajectory.
Import the Aircraft Geometry into FlightGear

Before running the example, copy the aircraft geometry model into FlightGear. From the following procedures, choose the one appropriate for your platform. This section assumes that you have read Install and Start FlightGear on page 2-56. If your platform is Windows:
1 Go to your installed FlightGear folder. Open the data folder, and then the Aircraft folder: FlightGear\data\Aircraft\. 2 If you have previously run the Aerospace Blockset NASA HL-20 with
FlightGear Interface example, you might already have an HL20 subfolder there. Otherwise, copy the HL20 folder from the matlabroot\toolbox\aero\aerodemos\ folder to the FlightGear\data\Aircraft\ folder. This folder contains the preconfigured geometries for the HL-20 simulation and HL20-set.xml. The file matlabroot\toolbox\aero\aerodemos\HL20\models\HL20.xml defines the geometry. If your platform is Solaris or Linux:
1 Go to your installed FlightGear folder. Open the data folder, then the
Aircraft folder: $FlightGearBaseDirectory/data/Aircraft/.

2 If you have previously run the Aerospace Blockset NASA HL-20 with
FlightGear Interface example, you might already have an HL20 subfolder
2-58
there. If that is the case, you do not have to do anything, because you can use the existing geometry model. Otherwise, copy the HL20 folder from the matlabroot/toolbox/aero/aerodemos/ folder to the $FlightGearBaseDirectory/data/Aircraft/ folder. This folder contains the preconfigured geometries for the HL-20 simulation and HL20-set.xml. The file matlabroot/toolbox/aero/aerodemos/HL20/models/HL20.xml defines the geometry. If your platform is Mac:
1 Open a terminal. 2 List the contents of the Aircraft folder. For example, type:
ls $FlightGearBaseDirectory/data/Aircraft/
3 If you have previously run the Aerospace Blockset NASA HL-20 with
FlightGear Interface example, you might already have an HL20 subfolder there. In this case, you do not have to do anything, because you can use the existing geometry model. Continue to Running the Example on page 2-27. Otherwise, copy the HL20 folder from the
matlabroot/toolbox/aero/aerodemos/
folder to the
$FlightGearBaseDirectory/FlightGear.app/Contents/Resources/data/Aircraft/
folder. This folder contains the preconfigured geometries for the HL-20 simulation and HL20-set.xml. The file
matlabroot/toolbox/aero/aerodemos/HL20/models/HL20.xml
defines the geometry.
Running the Example

1 Start the MATLAB software.
2-59
2 Either enter astfganim in the MATLAB Command Window or find the
example entry (Displaying Flight Trajectory Data) in the MATLAB Online Help. Then, click Run in the Command Window on its example page. While running, the example performs several steps by issuing a series of commands.
Flight Trajectory Data

Loading Recorded Flight Trajectory Data
The flight trajectory data for this example is stored in a comma separated value formatted file. Using dlmread, the data is read from the file starting at row 1 and column 0, which omits the header information.
tdata = dlmread('asthl20log.csv',',',1,0);
Creating a Time Series Object from Trajectory Data

! The time series object, ts, is created from the latitude, longitude, altitude, Euler angle data, and the time array in tdata using the MATLAB timeseries command. Latitude, longitude, and Euler angles are also converted from degrees to radians using the convang function.
ts = timeseries([convang(tdata(:,[3 2]),'deg','rad') ... tdata(:,4) convang(tdata(:,5:7),'deg','rad')],tdata(:,1));
Creating a FlightGearAnimation Object

This series of commands creates a FlightGearAnimation object:
1 Open a FlightGearAnimation object.
h = fganimation;
2 Set FlightGearAnimation object properties for the time series.
h.TimeseriesSourceType = 'Timeseries'; h.TimeseriesSource = ts;
2-60
3 Set FlightGearAnimation object properties relating to FlightGear.
These properties include the path to the installation folder, the version number, the aircraft geometry model, and the network information for the FlightGear flight simulator.
h.FlightGearBaseDirectory = 'C:\Program Files\FlightGear20'; h.FlightGearVersion = '2.0'; h.GeometryModelName = 'HL20'; h.DestinationIpAddress = '127.0.0.1'; h.DestinationPort = '5502';
4 Set the initial conditions (location and orientation) for the FlightGear
flight simulator.
h.AirportId = 'KSFO'; h.RunwayId = '10L'; h.InitialAltitude = 7224; h.InitialHeading = 113; h.OffsetDistance = 4.72; h.OffsetAzimuth = 0;
5 Set the seconds of animation data per second of wall-clock time.
h.TimeScaling = 5;
6 Check the FlightGearAnimation object properties and their values.
get(h)
The example stops running and returns the FlightGearAnimation object, h:

TimeseriesSource: TimeseriesSourceType: TimeseriesReadFcn: TimeScaling: FramesPerSecond: FlightGearVersion: OutputFileName: FlightGearBaseDirectory: GeometryModelName: DestinationIpAddress: DestinationPort: [196x1 timeseries] 'Timeseries' @TimeseriesRead 5 12 '2.0' 'runfg.bat' 'C:\Program Files\FlightGear20' 'HL20' '127.0.0.1' '5502'
2-61
AirportId: RunwayId: InitialAltitude: InitialHeading: OffsetDistance: OffsetAzimuth:
'KSFO' '10L' 7224 113 4.7200 0
You can now set the object properties for data playback (see Modifying the FlightGearAnimation Object Properties on page 2-62).
Modifying the FlightGearAnimation Object Properties

Modify the FlightGearAnimation object properties as needed. If your FlightGear installation folder is other than that in the example (for example, FlightGear), modify the FlightGearBaseDirectory property by issuing the following command:
h.FlightGearBaseDirectory = 'C:\Program Files\FlightGear';
Similarly, if you want to use a particular file name for the run script, modify the OutputFileName property. Verify the FlightGearAnimation object properties:
get(h)
You can now generate the run script (see Generating the Run Script on page 2-62).
Generating the Run Script

To start FlightGear with the initial conditions (location, date, time, weather, operating modes) that you want, it is best to create a run script by using the GenerateRunScript command:
GenerateRunScript(h)
By default, GenerateRunScript saves the run script as a text file named runfg.bat. You can specify a different name by modifying the OutputFileName property of the FlightGearAnimation object, as described in the previous step.
2-62
This file does not need to be generated each time the data is viewed, only when the initial conditions or FlightGear information changes. You are now ready to start FlightGear (see Starting the FlightGear Flight Simulator on page 2-63).
Installing Additional FlightGear Scenery

When you install the FlightGear software, the installation provides a basic level of scenery files. The FlightGear documentation guides you through installing scenery as part the general FlightGear installation. If you need to install more FlightGear scenery files, see the instructions at http://www.flightgear.org. Those instructions describe how to install the additional scenery in a default location. If you must install additional scenery in a non-standard location, try setting the FG_SCENERY environment variable in the script output from the GenerateRunScript function. For a description of the FG_SCENERY variable, see the documentation at http://www.flightgear.org. Note Each time that you run the GenerateRunScript function, it creates a new script. It overwrites any edits that you have added.
Starting the FlightGear Flight Simulator

To start FlightGear from the MATLAB command prompt, use the system command to execute the run script. Provide the name of the output file created by GenerateRunScript as the argument:
system('runfg.bat &');
FlightGear starts in a separate window. Tip With the FlightGear window in focus, press the V key to alternate between the different aircraft views: cockpit, helicopter, chase, and so on.
2-63
You are now ready to play back data (see Playing Back the Flight Trajectory on page 2-64).
Playing Back the Flight Trajectory

Once FlightGear is running, the FlightGearAnimation object can start to communicate with FlightGear. To animate the flight trajectory data, use the play command:
play(h)
The following illustration shows a snapshot of flight data playback in tower view without yaw.
2-64
3
Function Reference
Animation Objects (p. 3-3) Body Objects (p. 3-4) Camera Objects (p. 3-5) FlightGear Objects (p. 3-6) Geometry Objects (p. 3-7) Node Objects (p. 3-8) Viewpoint Objects (p. 3-9) Virtual Reality Objects (p. 3-10) Manipulate Aero.Animation objects Manipulate Aero.Body objects Manipulate Aero.Camera objects Manipulate Aero.FlightGearAnimation objects Manipulate Aero.Geometry objects Manipulate Aero.Node objects Manipulate Aero.Viewpoint objects Manipulate Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation objects Transform axes of coordinate systems to different types, such as Euler angles to quaternions and vice versa Simulate various aspects of aircraft environment, such as atmosphere conditions, gravity, magnetic fields, and wind Read standard aerodynamic file formats into the MATLAB interface Various flight parameters, including ideal airspeed correction, Mach number, and dynamic pressure Various gas dynamics tables
Axes Transformations (p. 3-11)
Environment (p. 3-13)
File Reading (p. 3-14) Flight Parameters (p. 3-15)
Gas Dynamics (p. 3-16)
Function Reference
Quaternion Math (p. 3-17)
Common mathematical and matrix operations, including quaternion multiplication, division, normalization, and rotating vector by quaternion Time calculations, including Julian dates, decimal year, and leap year Convert common measurement units from one system to another, such as converting acceleration from feet per second to meters per second and vice versa
Time (p. 3-18) Unit Conversion (p. 3-19)
3-2
Animation Objects
Animation Objects
addBody (Aero.Animation) Aero.Animation createBody (Aero.Animation) delete (Aero.Animation) hide (Aero.Animation) initialize (Aero.Animation) initIfNeeded (Aero.Animation) moveBody (Aero.Animation) play (Aero.Animation) removeBody (Aero.Animation) show (Aero.Animation) updateBodies (Aero.Animation) updateCamera (Aero.Animation) Add loaded body to animation object and generate its patches Construct animation object Create body and its associated patches in animation Destroy animation object Hide animation figure Create animation object figure and axes and build patches for bodies Initialize animation graphics if needed Move body in animation object Animate Aero.Animation object given position/angle time series Remove one body from animation Show animation object figure Update bodies of animation object Update camera in animation object
3-3
Function Reference
Body Objects
Body (Aero.Body) findstartstoptimes (Aero.Body) generatePatches (Aero.Body) load (Aero.Body) move (Aero.Body) update (Aero.Body) Construct body object for use with animation object Return start and stop times of time series data Generate patches for body with loaded face, vertex, and color data Get geometry data from source Change animation body position and orientation Change body position and orientation as function of time
3-4
Camera Objects
Camera Objects
Camera (Aero.Camera) update (Aero.Camera) Construct camera object for use with animation object Update camera position based on time and position of other Aero.Body objects
3-5
Function Reference
FlightGear Objects
ClearTimer (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) delete (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) fganimation (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) GenerateRunScript (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) initialize (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) play (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) Clear and delete timer for animation of FlightGear flight simulator Destroy FlightGear animation object Construct FlightGear animation object Generate run script for FlightGear flight simulator Set up FlightGear animation object Animate FlightGear flight simulator using given position/angle time series Set name of timer for animation of FlightGear flight simulator Update position data to FlightGear animation object
SetTimer (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) update (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
3-6
Geometry Objects
Geometry Objects
Geometry (Aero.Geometry) read (Aero.Geometry) Construct 3-D geometry for use with animation object Read geometry data using current reader
3-7
Function Reference
Node Objects
findstartstoptimes (Aero.Node) move (Aero.Node) Node (Aero.Node) update (Aero.Node) Return start and stop times for time series data Change node translation and rotation Create node object for use with virtual reality animation Change node position and orientation versus time data
3-8
Viewpoint Objects
Viewpoint Objects
Viewpoint (Aero.Viewpoint) Create viewpoint object for use in virtual reality animation
3-9
Function Reference
Virtual Reality Objects

addNode (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) addRoute (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) addViewpoint (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) delete (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) initialize (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) nodeInfo (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) play (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) Add existing node to current virtual reality world Add VRML ROUTE statement to virtual reality animation Add viewpoint for virtual reality animation Destroy virtual reality animation object Create and populate virtual reality animation object Create list of nodes associated with virtual reality animation object Animate virtual reality world for given position and angle in time series data Remove node from virtual reality animation object Remove viewpoint node from virtual reality animation Save virtual reality world associated with virtual reality animation object Change virtual reality animation node position and orientation as function of time Construct virtual reality animation object
removeNode (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) removeViewpoint (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) saveas (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) updateNodes (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) VirtualRealityAnimation (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
3-10
Axes Transformations
Axes Transformations
angle2dcm angle2quat dcm2alphabeta dcm2angle dcm2latlon dcm2quat dcmbody2wind dcmecef2ned ecef2lla Create direction cosine matrix from rotation angles Convert rotation angles to quaternion Convert direction cosine matrix to angle of attack and sideslip angle Create rotation angles from direction cosine matrix Convert direction cosine matrix to geodetic latitude and longitude Convert direction cosine matrix to quaternion Convert angle of attack and sideslip angle to direction cosine matrix Convert geodetic latitude and longitude to direction cosine matrix Convert Earth-centered Earth-fixed (ECEF) coordinates to geodetic coordinates Estimate array of geodetic latitude, longitude, and altitude coordinates from flat Earth position Convert geocentric latitude to geodetic latitude Convert geodetic latitude to geocentric latitude Calculate Earths magnetic field using 11th generation of International Geomagnetic Reference Field
flat2lla
geoc2geod geod2geoc igrf11magm
3-11
Function Reference
lla2ecef
Convert geodetic coordinates to Earth-centered Earth-fixed (ECEF) coordinates Estimate flat Earth position from geodetic latitude, longitude, and altitude Convert quaternion to rotation angles Convert quaternion to direction cosine matrix
lla2flat
quat2angle quat2dcm
3-12
Environment
Environment
atmoscira atmoscoesa atmosisa atmoslapse atmosnonstd atmosnrlmsise00 Use COSPAR International Reference Atmosphere 1986 model Use 1976 COESA model Use International Standard Atmosphere model Use Lapse Rate Atmosphere model Use climatic data from MIL-STD-210 or MIL-HDBK-310 Implement mathematical representation of 2001 United States Naval Research Laboratory Mass Spectrometer and Incoherent Scatter Radar Exosphere Calculate pressure altitude based on ambient pressure Calculate geoid height as determined from EGM96 Geopotential Model Calculate geoid height Implement centrifugal effect of planetary gravity Implement spherical harmonic representation of planetary gravity Implement 1984 World Geodetic System (WGS84) representation of Earths gravity Implement zonal harmonic representation of planetary gravity Use World Magnetic Model
atmospalt geoidegm96 geoidheight gravitycentrifugal gravitysphericalharmonic gravitywgs84
gravityzonal wrldmagm
3-13
Function Reference
File Reading
datcomimport Bring DATCOM file into MATLAB environment
3-14
Flight Parameters
Flight Parameters
airspeed alphabeta dpressure geocradius machnumber rrdelta rrsigma rrtheta Airspeed from velocity Incidence and sideslip angles Compute dynamic pressure using velocity and density Estimate radius of ellipsoid planet at geocentric latitude Compute Mach number using velocity and speed of sound Compute relative pressure ratio Compute relative density ratio Compute relative temperature ratio
3-15
Function Reference
Gas Dynamics
flowfanno flowisentropic flownormalshock flowprandtlmeyer flowrayleigh Fanno line flow relations Isentropic flow ratios Normal shock relations Calculate Prandtl-Meyer functions for expansion waves Rayleigh line flow relations
3-16
Quaternion Math
Quaternion Math
quatconj quatdivide quatinv quatmod quatmultiply quatnorm quatnormalize quatrotate Calculate conjugate of quaternion Divide quaternion by another quaternion Calculate inverse of quaternion Calculate modulus of quaternion Calculate product of two quaternions Calculate norm of quaternion Normalize quaternion Rotate vector by quaternion
3-17
Function Reference
Time
decyear juliandate leapyear mjuliandate Calculate decimal year Calculate Julian date Determine leap year Calculate modified Julian date
3-18
Unit Conversion
Unit Conversion
convacc convang convangacc Convert from acceleration units to desired acceleration units Convert from angle units to desired angle units Convert from angular acceleration units to desired angular acceleration units Convert from angular velocity units to desired angular velocity units Convert from density units to desired density units Convert from force units to desired force units Convert from length units to desired length units Convert from mass units to desired mass units Convert from pressure units to desired pressure units Convert from temperature units to desired temperature units Convert from velocity units to desired velocity units
convangvel convdensity convforce convlength convmass convpres convtemp convvel
3-19
Function Reference
3-20
4
Alphabetical List
Aero.Animation.addBody
Purpose Syntax Description
Add loaded body to animation object and generate its patches

idx = addBody(h,b) idx = h.addBody(b) idx = addBody(h,b) and idx = h.addBody(b) add a loaded body, b, to the animation object h and generates its patches. idx is the index of the body to be added.
Input Arguments
h b
Animation object. Loaded body.
Output Arguments Examples
idx
Index of the body to be added.
Add a second body to the list that is a pointer to the first body. This means that if you change the properties of one body, the properties of the other body change correspondingly.
h = Aero.Animation; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); b = h.Bodies{1}; idx2 = h.addBody(b);
4-2
addNode (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Add existing node to current virtual reality world

addNode(h, node_name, wrl_file) h.addNode(node_name, wrl_file) addNode(h, node_name, wrl_file) and h.addNode(node_name, wrl_file) add an existing node, node_name, to the current virtual reality world. The wrl_file is the file from which the new node is taken. addNode adds a new node named node_name, which contains (or points to) the wrl_file. node_name must be unique from other node names in the same .wrl file. wrl_file must contain the node to be
added. You must specify the full path for this file. The vrnode object associated with the node object must be defined using a DEF statement in the .wrl file. This method creates a node object on the world of type Transform. When you use the addNode method to add a node, all the objects in the .wrl file will be added to the virtual reality animation object under one node. If you want to add separate nodes for the objects in the .wrl file, place each node in a separate .wrl file.
Examples
Add node to world defined in chaseHelicopter.wrl.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); h.addNode('Lynx',[matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/chaseHelicopter.wrl']);
See Also
Aero.Node | move | removeNode | updateNodes | Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation
4-3
addRoute (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Add VRML ROUTE statement to virtual reality animation

addRoute(h, nodeOut, eventOut, nodeIn, eventIn) h.addNode(nodeOut, eventOut, nodeIn, eventIn) addRoute(h, nodeOut, eventOut, nodeIn, eventIn) and h.addNode(nodeOut, eventOut, nodeIn, eventIn) add a VRML ROUTE statement to the virtual reality animation, where nodeOut is the node from which information is routed, eventOut is the event (property), nodeIn is the node to which information is routed, and eventIn is the receiving event (property).
Examples
Add a ROUTE command to connect the Plane position to the Camera1 node.
h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); h.addNode('Lynx',[matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/chaseHelicopter.wrl']); h.addRoute('Plane','translation','Camera1','translation');
See Also
addViewpoint
4-4
addViewpoint (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Purpose Syntax
Add viewpoint for virtual reality animation

addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name) h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name) addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description) h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description) addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position) h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position) addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position, orientation) h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position, orientation) addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name) and h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name) add a viewpoint named node_name whose parent_node is the parent node field of the vrnode object and whose parent_field is a valid parent field of the vrnode object to the virtual world animation object, h. addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description)and h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description) add a viewpoint named node_name whose parent_node is the parent node field of the vrnode object and whose parent_field is a valid parent field of the vrnode object to the virtual world animation object, h. description is the string you want to
Description
describe the viewpoint.

addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position) and h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position) add a viewpoint named node_name whose parent_node is the parent node field of the vrnode object and whose parent_field is a valid parent field of the vrnode object to the virtual world animation object, h. description is the string you want to describe the viewpoint and
4-5
position is the position of the viewpoint. Specify position using VRML coordinates (x y z). addViewpoint(h, parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position, orientation) and h.addViewpoint(parent_node, parent_field, node_name, description, position, orientation) add a viewpoint named node_name whose parent_node is the parent node field of the vrnode object and whose parent_field is a valid parent field of the vrnode object to the virtual world animation object, h. description is the string you want to describe the viewpoint, position is the position of the viewpoint, and orientation is the orientation of the viewpoint. Specify position using VRML coordinates (x y z). Specify orientation in a VRML axes angle format (x y z ).
Note If you call addViewpoint with only the description argument, you must set the position and orientation of the viewpoint with the Simulink 3D Animation vrnode/setfield function. This requires you to use VRML coordinates.
Examples
Add a viewpoint named chaseView.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); h.addViewpoint(h.Nodes{2}.VRNode,'children','chaseView','View From Helicopter');
See Also
addRoute | removeViewpoint
4-6
Aero.Animation
Purpose Description
Visualize aerospace animation Use the Aero.Animation class to visualize flight data without any other tool or toolbox. You only need the Aerospace Toolbox to visualize this data.
Construction
Aero.Animation
Construct animation object
Methods
addBody createBody delete hide initialize
Add loaded body to animation object and generate its patches Create body and its associated patches in animation Destroy animation object Hide animation figure Create animation object figure and axes and build patches for bodies Initialize animation graphics if needed Move body in animation object Animate Aero.Animation object given position/angle time series Remove one body from animation Show animation object figure Update bodies of animation object Update camera in animation object
initIfNeeded moveBody play removeBody show updateBodies updateCamera
4-7
Aero.Animation
Properties
Bodies Camera Figure FigureCustomizationFcn FramesPerSecond Name TCurrent TFinal TimeScaling TStart
Specify name of animation object Specify camera that animation object contains Specify name of figure object Specify figure customization function Animation rate Specify name of animation object Current time End time Scaling time Start time
See Also How To
Aero.FlightGearAnimation | Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation
Aero.Animation Objects on page 2-27
4-8
Aero.Animation
Construct animation object

h = Aero.Animation h = Aero.Animation constructs an animation object. The animation object is returned to h.
Note The Aero.Animation constructor does not retain the properties of previously created animation objects, even those that you have saved to a MAT-file. This means that subsequent calls to the animation object constructor always create animation objects with default properties.
Examples
h=Aero.Animation
4-9
Aero.Body
Create body object for use with animation object

h = Aero.Body h = Aero.Body constructs a body for an animation object. The animation object is returned in h. To use the Aero.Body object, you typically:
1 Create the animation body. 2 Configure or customize the body object. 3 Load the body. 4 Generate patches for the body (requires an axes from a figure). 5 Set time series data source. 6 Move or update the body.
By default, an Aero.Body object natively uses aircraft x-y-z coordinates for the body geometry and the time series data. It expects the rotation order z-y-x (psi, theta, phi). Convert time series data from other coordinate systems on the fly by registering a different CoordTransformFcn function.
Constructor Summary
Constructor
Body
Description Construct body object for use with animation object.
4-10
Aero.Body
Method Summary
Method
findstartstoptimes generatePatches load move update
Description Return start and stop times of time series data. Generate patches for body with loaded face, vertex, and color data. Get geometry data from source. Change Aero.Body position and orientation. Changes body position and orientation versus time data. Description controls the coordinate transformation. Values string
Property Summary
Property
CoordTransformFcn Specify a function that
Name Position Rotation Geometry PatchGenerationFcn PatchHandles ViewingTransform TimeseriesSource
Specify name of body. Specify position of body. Specify rotation of body. Specify geometry of body. Specify patch generation function. Specify patch handles. Specify viewing transform. Specify time series source. MATLAB array MATLAB array handle MATLAB array MATLAB array MATLAB array MATLAB array
4-11
Aero.Body
Property
Description
Values string
TimeseriesSource- Specify the type of time Type series data stored in 'TimeseriesSource'.
Five values are available. They are listed in the following table. The default value is 'Array6DoF'.
TimeseriesReadFcn Specify time series
MATLAB array
read function. The time series data, stored in the property 'TimeseriesSource', is interpreted according to the 'TimeseriesSourceType' property, which can be one of:
'Timeseries'
MATLAB time series data with six values per time:

lat lon alt phi theta psi
The values are resampled.

'StructureWithTime'
Simulink struct with time (for example, Simulink root outport logging 'Structure with time'): signals(1).values:
alt lat lon phi theta
signals(2).values:
psi
Signals are linearly interpolated vs. time using interp1.
4-12
Aero.Body
'Array6DoF'
A double-precision array in n rows and 7 columns for 6-DoF data: time lat lon alt phi theta psi. If a double-precision array of 8 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 7 columns are used as 6-DoF data. A double-precision array in n rows and 4 columns for 3-DoF data: time lat alt theta. If a double-precision array of 5 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 4 columns are used as 3-DoF data. Position and angle data is retrieved from 'TimeseriesSource' by the currently registered 'TimeseriesReadFcn'.
'Array3DoF'
'Custom'
See Also
Aero.Geometry
4-13
Aero.Camera
Construct camera object for use with animation object

h = Aero.Camera h = Aero.Camera constructs a camera object h for use with an
animation object. The camera object uses the registered coordinate transform. By default, this is an aerospace body coordinate system. Axes of custom coordinate systems must be orthogonal. By default, an Aero.Body object natively uses aircraft x-y-z coordinates for the body geometry and the time series data. Convert time series data from other coordinate systems on the fly by registering a different CoordTransformFcn function.
Constructor Summary
Constructor
Camera
Description Construct camera object for use with animation object. Description Update camera position based on time and position of other Aero.Body objects. Description controls the coordinate transformation. Values MATLAB array
Method Summary
Method
update
Property Summary
Property
CoordTransformFcn Specify a function that
PositionFcn
Specify a function that controls the position of a camera relative to an animation body. Specify position of camera.
MATLAB array
Position
MATLAB array
[-150,-50,0]
4-14
Aero.Camera
Property
Offset AimPoint UpVector ViewAngle ViewExtent xlim ylim zlim PrevTime UserData
Description Specify offset of camera. Specify aim point of camera. Specify up vector of camera. Specify view angle of camera. Specify view extent of camera. Specify x-axis limit of camera. Specify y-axis limit of camera. Specify z-axis limit of camera. Specify previous time of camera. Specify custom data.
Values MATLAB array

[-150,-50,0]
MATLAB array
[0,0,0]
MATLAB array
[0,0,-1]
MATLAB array {3} MATLAB array

{[-50,50]}
MATLAB array
{[-50,50]}
MATLAB array
{[-50,50]}
MATLAB array
{[-50,50]}
MATLAB array {0} MATLAB array {[]}
See Also
Aero.Geometry
4-15
Aero.FlightGearAnimation
Construct FlightGear animation object

h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation constructs a FlightGear animation object. The FlightGear animation object is returned to h.
Constructor
Method
fganimation
Description Construct FlightGear animation object.
Method Summary
Method
ClearTimer delete
Description Clear and delete timer for animation of FlightGear flight simulator Destroy FlightGear animation object. Set up FlightGear animation object. Animate FlightGear flight simulator using given position/angle time series. Set name of timer for animation of FlightGear flight simulator Update position data to FlightGear animation object. Description Specify variable that contains the time series data.
GenerateRunScript Generate run script for FlightGear flight simulator initialize play SetTimer update
Property Summary
Properties
TimeseriesSource
TimeseriesSource- Specify the type of time series data stored Type in 'TimeseriesSource'. Five values are
available. They are listed in the following table. The default value is 'Array6DoF'.
4-16
Properties
Description
TimeseriesReadFcn Specify a function to read the time series data if 'TimeseriesSourceType' is 'Custom'. TimeScaling FramesPerSecond
Specify the seconds of animation data per second of wall-clock time. The default ratio is 1. Specify the number of frames per second used to animate the 'TimeseriesSource'. The default value is 12 frames per second.
FlightGearVersion Select your FlightGear software version: '0.9.3', '0.9.8', '0.9.9', '0.9.10', '1.0', '1.9.1', or '2.0'. The default version is '2.0'. OutputFileName
Specify the name of the output file. The file name is the name of the command you will use to start FlightGear with these initial parameters. The default value is 'runfg.bat'. Specify the name of your FlightGear installation folder. The default value is 'D:\Applications\FlightGear'. the desired model geometry in the FlightGear\data\Aircraft folder. The default value is 'HL20'.
GeometryModelName Specify the name of the folder containing
DestinationIpAddress DestinationPort
Specify your destination IP address. The default value is '127.0.0.1'. Specify your network flight dynamics model (fdm) port. This destination port should be an unused port that you can use when you launch FlightGear. The default value is '5502'. Specify the airport ID. The list of supported airports is available in the FlightGear interface, under Location. The default value is 'KSFO'.
AirportId
4-17
Properties
RunwayId InitialAltitude InitialHeading OffsetDistance
Description Specify the runway ID. The default value is '10L'. Specify the initial altitude of the aircraft, in feet. The default value is 7224 feet. Specify the initial heading of the aircraft, in degrees. The default value is 113 degrees. Specify the offset distance of the aircraft from the airport, in miles. The default value is 4.72 miles. Specify the offset azimuth of the aircraft, in degrees. The default value is 0 degrees. Specify start time as a double. Specify end time as a double.
OffsetAzimuth TStart TFinal
The time series data, stored in the property 'TimeseriesSource', is interpreted according to the 'TimeseriesSourceType' property, which can be one of:
'Timeseries'


'StructureWithTime'
signals(2).values:
psi
4-18

'Array6DoF'
'Array3DoF'
'Custom'
Examples
Construct a FlightGear animation object, h:

h = fganimation
See Also
fganimation | generaterunscript | play
4-19
Aero.Geometry
Construct 3-D geometry for use with animation object

h = Aero.Geometry h = Aero.Geometry defines a 3-D geometry for use with an animation
object. This object supports the attachment of transparency data from an Ac3d file to patch generation.
Constructor Summary
Constructor
Geometry
Description Construct 3-D geometry for use with animation object. Description Read geometry data using current reader.
Method Summary Property Summary

Property
Name Source Reader
Method
read
Description Specify name of geometry. Specify geometry data source. Specify geometry reader.
Values string string {['Auto'], 'Variable', 'MatFile', 'Ac3dFile', 'Custom'} MATLAB array
4-20
Aero.Geometry
Property
FaceVertexColorData
Description Specify the color of the geometry face vertex.
Values MATLAB structure with the following fields

name
String that contains the name of the geometry being loaded. See Faces on Patch Properties in the MATLAB Function Reference.
faces
vertices
See Vertices on
Patch Properties
in the MATLAB Function Reference.

cdata
See CData on Patch Properties in the MATLAB Function Reference.
alpha
See
FaceVertexAlphaData on Patch Properties in the
MATLAB Function Reference.
See Also
read
4-21
Aero.Node
Create node object for use with virtual reality animation

h = Aero.Node h = Aero.Node creates a node object for use with virtual reality animation. Typically, you do not need to create a node object with this method. This is because the .wrl file stores the information for a virtual reality scene. During the initialization of the virtual reality animation object, any node with a DEF statement in the specified .wrl file has a node object created.
When working with nodes, consider the translation and rotation. Translation is a 1-by-3 matrix in the aerospace body coordinate system defined for the VirtualRealityAnimation object or another coordinate system. In the latter case, you can use the CoordTransformFcn function to move it into the defined aerospace body coordinate system. The defined aerospace body coordinate system is defined relative to the screen as x-left, y-in, z-down. Rotation is a 1-by-3 matrix, in radians, that specifies the rotations about the right-hand x-y-z sequence of coordinate axes. The order of application of the rotation is z-y-x (r-q-p). This function uses the CoordTransformFcn to apply the translation and rotation from the input coordinate system to the defined aerospace body coordinate system. The function then moves the translation and rotation from the defined aerospace body coordinate system to the defined VRML x-y-z coordinates for the VirtualRealityAnimation object. The defined VRML coordinate system is defined relative to the screen as x-right, y-up, z-out.
Constructor Summary
Constructor
Node
Description Create node object for use with virtual reality animation.
4-22
Aero.Node
Method Summary
Method
findstartstoptimes
Description Return start and stop times for time series data.
move update
Change node translation and rotation. Change node position and orientation versus time data. Description Specify name of the node object. Return the handle to the vrnode object associated with the node object (see the Simulink 3D Animation Users Guide). controls the coordinate transformation. Values string MATLAB array
Property Summary
Property
Name VRNode
CoordtransformFcn Specify a function that
MATLAB array
TimeseriesSource
Specify time series source.
MATLAB array
4-23
Aero.Node
Property
TimeseriesSourceType
Description Specify the type of time series data stored in 'TimeseriesSource'. Five values are available. They are listed in the following table. The default value is 'Array6DoF'. Specify time series read function.
Values string
TimeseriesReadFcn
MATLAB array
'Timeseries'


'StructureWithTime'
signals(2).values:
psi
4-24
Aero.Node
'Array6DoF'
'Array3DoF'
'Custom'
4-25
Aero.Viewpoint
Create viewpoint object for use in virtual reality animation

h = Aero.Viewpoint h = Aero.Viewpoint creates a viewpoint object for use with virtual
reality animation.
Constructor Summary
Constructor
Viewpoint
Description Create node object for use with virtual reality animation. Description Specify name of the node object. Specify node object that contains the viewpoint node. Values string MATLAB array
Property Summary
Property
Name Node
4-26
Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation
Construct virtual reality animation object

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation constructs a virtual reality animation object. The animation object is returned to h. The animation
object has the following methods and properties.
Constructor Summary
Constructor
VirtualRealityAnimation
Description Construct virtual reality animation object.
Method Summary
Method
addNode addRoute addViewpoint delete initialize nodeInfo play
Description Add existing node to current virtual reality world. Add VRML ROUTE statement to virtual reality animation. Add viewpoint for virtual reality animation. Destroy virtual reality animation object. Create and populate virtual reality animation object. Create list of nodes associated with virtual reality animation object. Animate virtual reality world for given position and angle in time series data. Remove node from virtual reality animation object. Remove viewpoint node from virtual reality animation.
removeNode removeViewpoint
4-27
Method
saveas updateNodes
Description Save virtual reality world associated with virtual reality animation object. Set new translation and rotation of moveable items in virtual reality animation.
Notes on Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation Methods

Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation methods that change the current virtual reality world use a temporary .wrl file to manage those changes. These methods include: addNode removeNode addViewpoint removeViewpoint addRoute Be aware of the following behavior: After the methods make the changes, they reinitialize the world, using the information stored in the temporary .wrl file. When you delete the virtual reality animation object, this action deletes the temporary file. Use the saveas method to save the temporary .wrl file. These methods do not affect user-created .wrl files.
Property Summary
Property
Name VRWorld
Description Specify name of the animation object. Returns the vrworld object associated with the animation object.
Values string MATLAB array
4-28
Property
VRWorldFilename VRWorldOldFilename VRWorldTempFilename VRFigure
Description Specify the .wrl file for the vrworld. Specify the old .wrl files for the vrworld. Specify the temporary .wrl file for the animation object. Returns the vrfigure object associated with the animation object. Specify the nodes that the animation object contains. Specify the viewpoints that the animation object contains. Specify the time scaling, in seconds. Specify the time, in seconds. Specify end time, in seconds. Specify current time, in seconds. Specify rate, in frames per second. Specify save warning display setting.
Values string MATLAB array string
MATLAB array
Nodes
MATLAB array
Viewpoints
MATLAB array
TimeScaling Tstart TFinal TCurrent FramesPerSecond ShowSaveWarning
double double double double double double
4-29
airspeed
Purpose Syntax Description Examples
Airspeed from velocity

airspeed = airspeed(velocities) airspeed = airspeed(velocities) computes m airspeeds, airspeed, from an m-by-3 array of velocities, velocities.
Determine the airspeed for velocity one array:

as = airspeed([84.3905 as = 91.4538 33.7562 10.1269])
Determine the airspeed for velocity for multiple arrays:

as = airspeed([50 20 6; 5 0.5 2]) as = 54.1849 5.4083
See Also
alphabeta | correctairspeed | dpressure | machnumber
4-30
alphabeta
Incidence and sideslip angles

[incidence sideslip] = alphabeta(velocities) [incidence sideslip] = alphabeta(velocities) computes m incidence and sideslip angles, incidence and sideslip , between the velocity vector and the body. velocities is an m-by-3 array of velocities in body axes. incidence and sideslip are in radians.
Examples
Determine the incidence and sideslip angles for velocity for one array:
[alpha beta] = alphabeta([84.3905 alpha = 0.1194 33.7562 10.1269])
beta = 0.3780
Determine the incidence and sideslip angles for velocity for two arrays:
[alpha beta] = alphabeta([50 20 6; 5 0.5 2]) alpha = 0.1194 0.3805 beta = 0.3780 0.0926
4-31
alphabeta
See Also
airspeed | machnumber
4-32
angle2dcm
Purpose Syntax
Create direction cosine matrix from rotation angles

dcm = angle2dcm(rotationAng1, rotationAng2, rotationAng3) dcm = angle2dcm(rotationAng1, rotationAng2, rotationAng3, rotationSequence) dcm = angle2dcm(rotationAng1, rotationAng2, rotationAng3)
Description
calculates the direction cosine matrix given three sets of rotation angles.
dcm = angle2dcm(rotationAng1, rotationAng2, rotationAng3, rotationSequence) calculates the direction cosine matrix using a
rotation sequence.
Input Arguments
rotationAng1 m-by-1 array of first rotation angles, in radians. rotationAng2 m-by-1 array of second rotation angles, in radians. rotationAng3 m-by-1 array of third rotation angles, in radians. rotationSequence
String that defines rotation sequence. For example, the default 'ZYX' represents a sequence where rotationAng1 is z-axis rotation, rotationAng2 is y-axis rotation, and rotationAng3 is x-axis rotation.
'ZYX' 'ZYZ' 'ZXY' 'ZXZ' 'YXZ' 'YXY' 'YZX' 'YZY'
4-33
angle2dcm
'XYZ' 'XZY' 'XYX' 'XZX' 'ZYX' (default)
dcm
3-by-3-by-m matrix containing m direction cosine matrices. Determine the direction cosine matrix from rotation angles:
yaw = 0.7854; pitch = 0.1; roll = 0; dcm = angle2dcm( yaw, pitch, roll ) dcm = 0.7036 -0.7071 0.0706 0.7036 0.7071 0.0706 -0.0998 0 0.9950
Determine the direction cosine matrix from rotation angles and rotation sequence:
yaw = [0.7854 0.5]; pitch = [0.1 0.3]; roll = [0 0.1]; dcm = angle2dcm( pitch, roll, yaw, 'YXZ' ) dcm(:,:,1) = 0.7036 -0.7036 0.0998 0.7071 0.7071 0 -0.0706 0.0706 0.9950
4-34
angle2dcm
dcm(:,:,2) = 0.8525 -0.4321 0.2940 0.4770 0.8732 -0.0998 -0.2136 0.2254 0.9506
See Also
angle2quat | dcm2angle | dcm2quat | quat2dcm | quat2angle
4-35
angle2quat
Purpose Syntax
Convert rotation angles to quaternion

quaternion = angle2quat(rotationAng1,rotationAng2, rotationAng3) quaternion = angle2quat(rotationAng1,rotationAng2, rotationAng3,rotationSequence) quaternion = angle2quat(rotationAng1,rotationAng2,rotationAng3) calculates
Description
the quaternion for three rotation angles.

quaternion = angle2quat(rotationAng1,rotationAng2,rotationAng3,rotationSequence)
calculates the quaternion using a rotation sequence.
Input Arguments
rotationAng1 m-by-1 array of first rotation angles, in radians. rotationAng2 m-by-1 array of second rotation angles, in radians. rotationAng3 m-by-1 array of third rotation angles, in radians. rotationSequence
String that defines rotation sequence. For example, the default 'ZYX' represents a sequence where rotationAng1 is z-axis rotation, rotationAng2 is y-axis rotation, and rotationAng3 is x-axis rotation.
'ZYX' 'ZYZ' 'ZXY' 'ZXZ' 'YXZ' 'YXY'
4-36
angle2quat
'YZX' 'YZY' 'XYZ' 'XZY' 'XYX' 'XZX' 'ZYX' (default)
quaternion m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. quaternion has its scalar number as the first column.
Determine the quaternion from rotation angles:

yaw = 0.7854; pitch = 0.1; roll = 0; q = angle2quat(yaw, pitch, roll) q = 0.9227 -0.0191 0.0462
0.3822
Determine the quaternion from rotation angles and rotation sequence:

yaw = [0.7854 0.5]; pitch = [0.1 0.3]; roll = [0 0.1]; q = angle2quat(pitch, roll, yaw, 'YXZ') q = 0.9227 0.0191 0.0462 0.3822 0.9587 0.0848 0.1324 0.2371
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2angle | dcm2quat | quat2angle | quat2dcm
4-37
atmoscoesa
Use 1976 COESA model

[T, a, P, Rho] = atmoscoesa(height, action)
Committee on Extension to the Standard Atmosphere has the acronym COESA. [T, a, P, Rho] = atmoscoesa(height, action) implements the mathematical representation of the 1976 COESA United States standard lower atmospheric values. These values are absolute temperature, pressure, density, and speed of sound for the input geopotential altitude. Below the geopotential altitude of 0 m (0 feet) and above the geopotential altitude of 84,852 m (approximately 278,386 feet), the function extrapolates values. It extrapolates temperature values linearly and pressure values logarithmically.
Input Arguments
height
Array of m-by-1 geopotential heights, in meters.

action
String that defines action for out-of-range input. Specify one:

'Error' 'Warning' (default) 'None'
Output Arguments
Array of m-by-1 temperatures, in kelvin.

a
Array of m-by-1 speeds of sound, in meters per second. The function calculates speed of sound using a perfect gas relationship.
P
Array of m-by-1 pressures, in pascal.
4-38
atmoscoesa
Rho
Array of m-by-1 densities, in kilograms per meter cubed. The function calculates density using a perfect gas relationship.
Examples
Calculate the COESA model at 1000 m with warnings for out-of-range inputs:
[T, a, P, rho] = atmoscoesa(1000) T = 281.6500 a = 336.4341 P = 8.9875e+004 rho = 1.1116
Calculate the COESA model at 1000, 11,000, and 20,000 m with errors for out-of-range inputs:
[T, a, P, rho] = atmoscoesa([1000 11000 20000], 'Error') T = 281.6500 a = 216.6500 216.6500
4-39
atmoscoesa
336.4341 P = 1.0e+004 * 8.9875 rho = 1.1116
295.0696
295.0696
2.2632
0.5475
0.3639
0.0880
References See Also
U.S. Standard Atmosphere, 1976, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C.
atmoscira | atmosisa | atmoslapse | atmosnonstd | atmospalt
4-40
atmoscira
Use COSPAR International Reference Atmosphere 1986 model

[T altitude zonalWind] = atmoscira(latitude, ctype, coord, mtype, month, action) [T altitude zonalWind] = atmoscira(latitude, ctype, coord, mtype, month, action) implements the mathematical representation
of the Committee on Space Research (COSPAR) International Reference Atmosphere (CIRA) from 1986 model. The CIRA 1986 model provides a mean climatology. The mean climatology consists of temperature, zonal wind, and geopotential height or pressure. It encompasses nearly pole-to-pole coverage (80 degrees S to 80 degrees N) for 0 km to 120 km. This provision also encompasses the troposphere, middle atmosphere, and lower thermosphere. Use this mathematical representation as a function of pressure or geopotential height. This function uses a corrected version of the CIRA data files provided by J. Barnett in July 1990 in ASCII format. This function has the limitations of the CIRA 1986 model and limits the values for the CIRA 1986 model. The CIRA 1986 model limits values to the regions of 80 degrees S to 80 degrees N on Earth. It also limits geopotential heights from 0 km to 120 km. In each monthly mean data set, the model omits values at 80 degrees S for 101,300 pascal or 0 m. It omits these values because these levels are within the Antarctic land mass. For zonal mean pressure in constant altitude coordinates, pressure data is not available below 20 km. Therefore, this value is the bottom level of the CIRA climatology.
Input Arguments
latitude
Array of m geopotential heights, in meters.

ctype
String that defines representation of coordinate type. Specify:
4-41
atmoscira
'Pressure' 'GPHeight'
Pressure in pascal Geopotential height in meters
coord
Depending on the value of ctype, this argument specifies one of the following arrays:
m m mtype
Pressures in pascal Geopotential height in meters
String that selects one of the following mean value types:

'Monthly'
(default)
'Annual'
Monthly values. Annual values. Valid when ctype has a value of 'Pressure'.
month
Scalar value that selects the month in which the model takes the mean values. This argument applies only when mtype has a value of 'Monthly'.
1 (default) 2 3 4 5 6
January February March April May June
4-42
atmoscira
7 8 9 10 11 12 action
July August September October November December

Output Arguments
Array of temperatures: If m is 'Monthly' If mtype is 'Annual' Array of m temperatures, in kelvin Array of m-by-7 values: Annual mean temperature in kelvin Annual temperature cycle amplitude in kelvin Annual temperature cycle phase in month of maximum Semiannual temperature cycle amplitude in kelvin Semiannual temperature cycle phase in month of maximum
4-43
atmoscira
Terannual temperature cycle amplitude in kelvin Terannual temperature cycle phase in month of maximum
altitude
If mtype is 'Monthly', an array of m geopotential heights or m air pressures: If ctype is 'Pressure' If ctype is 'GPHeight' Array m geopotential heights Array m air pressure
If mtype is 'Annual', an array of m-by-7 values for geopotential heights. The function defines this array only for the northern hemisphere (latitude is greater than 0). Annual mean geopotential heights in meters Annual geopotential heights cycle amplitude in meters Annual geopotential heights cycle phase in month of maximum Semiannual geopotential heights cycle amplitude in meters Semiannual geopotential heights cycle phase in month of maximum Terannual geopotential heights cycle amplitude in meters Terannual geopotential heights cycle phase in month of maximum
zonalWind
Array of zonal winds:
4-44
atmoscira
If mtype is 'Monthly' If mtype is 'Annual'
Array in meters per second. Array of m-by-7 values: Annual mean zonal winds in meters per second Annual zonal winds cycle amplitude in meters per second Annual zonal winds cycle phase in month of maximum Semiannual zonal winds cycle amplitude in meters per second Semiannual zonal winds cycle phase in month of maximum Terannual zonal winds cycle amplitude in meters per second Terannual zonal winds cycle phase in month of maximum
Examples
Using the CIRA 1986 model at 45 degrees latitude and 101,300 pascal for January with out-of-range actions generating warnings, calculate the mean monthly values. Calculate values for temperature (T), geopotential height (alt), and zonal wind (zwind).
[T alt zwind] = atmoscira( 45, 'Pressure', 101300 ) T = 280.6000 alt = -18 zwind = 3.3000
4-45
atmoscira
Using the CIRA 1986 model at 45 degrees latitude and 20,000 m for October with out-of-range actions generating warnings, calculate the mean monthly values. Calculate values for temperature (T), pressure (pres), and zonal wind (zwind).
[T pres zwind] = atmoscira( 45, 'GPHeight', 20000, 'Monthly', 10) T = 215.8500 pres = 5.5227e+003 zwind = 9.5000
Use the CIRA 1986 model at 45 and 30 degrees latitude and 20,000 m for October with out-of-range actions generating errors. Calculate values for temperature (T), pressure (pres), and zonal wind (zwind).
[T pres zwind] = atmoscira( [45 -30], 'GPHeight', 20000, 10, 'error') T = 215.8500 pres = 1.0e+003 * 5.5227 zwind = 9.5000 4.3000 5.6550 213.9000
For September, with out-of-range actions generating warnings, use the CIRA 1986 model at 45 degrees latitude and 30 degrees latitude. Also use the model at 2000 pascal and 101,300 pascal. Calculate mean monthly values for temperature (T), geopotential height (alt), and zonal wind (zwind).
[T alt zwind] = atmoscira( [45 -30], 'Pressure', [2000 101300], 9) T = 223.5395 290.9000
4-46
atmoscira
alt = 1.0e+004 * 2.6692 zwind = 0.6300 -1.1000 0.0058
Using the CIRA 1986 model at 45 degrees latitude and 2000 pascal with out-of-range actions generating warnings, calculate annual values. Calculate values for temperature (T), geopotential height (alt), and zonal wind (zwind).
[T alt zwind] = atmoscira( 45, 'Pressure', 2000, 'Annual' ) T = 221.9596 alt = 1.0e+004 * 2.6465 zwind = 4.6099 14.7496 0.6000 1.6499 4.6000 0.5300 1.4000 0.0417 0.0007 0.0087 0.0001 0.0015 0.0002 5.0998 6.5300 1.9499 1.3000 1.0499 1.3000
References
Fleming, E. L., Chandra, S., Shoeberl, M. R., Barnett, J. J., Monthly Mean Global Climatology of Temperature, Wind, Geopotential Height and Pressure for 0-120 km, NASA TM100697, February 1988
http://modelweb.gsfc.nasa.gov/atmos/cospar1.html
See Also
atmoscoesa | atmosisa | atmoslapse | atmosnonstd | atmosnrlmsise00 | atmospalt
4-47
atmosisa
Use International Standard Atmosphere model

[T, a, P, rho] = atmosisa(height) [T, a, P, rho] = atmosisa(height) implements the mathematical
representation of the International Standard Atmosphere values for ambient temperature, pressure, density, and speed of sound for the input geopotential altitude. This function assumes that below the geopotential altitude of 0 km and above the geopotential altitude of the tropopause, temperature and pressure values are held.
Input Arguments Output Arguments
height

T
Array of m temperatures, in kelvin.

a
Array of m speeds of sound, in meters per second. The function calculates speed of sound using a perfect gas relationship.
rho
Array of m densities, in kilograms per meter cubed. The function calculates density using a perfect gas relationship.
P
Array of m pressures, in pascal.
Examples
Calculate the International Standard Atmosphere at 1000 m:

[T, a, P, rho] = atmosisa(1000)
4-48
atmosisa
T = 281.6500 a = 336.4341 P = 8.9875e+004 rho = 1.1116
Calculate the International Standard Atmosphere at 1000, 11,000, and 20,000 m:

[T, a, P, rho] = atmosisa([1000 11000 20000]) T = 281.6500 a = 336.4341 P = 1.0e+004 * 8.9875 rho = 2.2632 0.5475 295.0696 295.0696 216.6500 216.6500
4-49
atmosisa
1.1116
0.3639
0.0880
References See Also
atmoscira | atmoscoesa | atmoslapse | atmosnonstd | atmospalt
4-50
atmoslapse
Purpose Syntax
Use Lapse Rate Atmosphere model

[T, a, P, rho] = atmoslapse(height, g, heatRatio, characteristicGasConstant, lapseRate, heightTroposphere, heightTropopause, density0, pressure0, temperature0) [T, a, P, rho] = atmoslapse(height, g, heatRatio, characteristicGasConstant, lapseRate, heightTroposphere, heightTropopause, density0, pressure0, temperature0)
Description
implements the mathematical representation of the lapse rate atmospheric equations for ambient temperature, pressure, density, and speed of sound for the input geopotential altitude. To customize this atmospheric model, specify the atmospheric properties in the function input. The function holds temperature and pressure values below the geopotential altitude of 0 km and above the geopotential altitude of the tropopause.
Input Arguments
height

g
Scalar of acceleration due to gravity, in meters per second squared.

heatRatio
Scalar of specific heat ratio.

characteristicGasConstant
Scalar of characteristic gas constant, in joule per kilogram-kelvin.

lapseRate
Scalar of lapse rate, in kelvin per meter.
4-51
atmoslapse
heightTroposphere
Scalar of height of troposphere, in meters.

heightTropopause
Scalar of height of tropopause, in meters.

density0
Scalar of air density at mean sea level, in kilograms per meter cubed.
pressure0
Scalar of static pressure at mean sea level, in pascal.

temperature0
Scalar of absolute temperature at mean sea level, in kelvin.
Output Arguments
Array of m-by-1 temperatures, in kelvin.

a
Array of m-by-1 speeds of sound, in meters per second. The function calculates speed of sound using a perfect gas relationship.
P
Array of m-by-1 pressures, in pascal.

rho
Array of m-by-1 densities, in kilograms per meter cubed. The function calculates density using a perfect gas relationship.
Examples
Calculate the atmosphere at 1000 m with the International Standard Atmosphere input values:
4-52
atmoslapse
[T, a, P, rho] = atmoslapse(1000, 9.80665, 1.4, 287.0531, 0.0065, ... 11000, 20000, 1.225, 101325, 288.15 ) T = 281.6500 a = 336.4341 P = 8.9875e+004 rho = 1.1116
References See Also
atmoscira | atmoscoesa | atmosisa | atmosnonstd | atmospalt
4-53
atmosnonstd
Purpose Syntax
Use climatic data from MIL-STD-210 or MIL-HDBK-310

[T, a, P, rho] = atmosnonstd(height, atmosphericType, extremeParameter, frequency, extremeAltitude, action, specification) [T, a, P, rho] = atmosnonstd(height, atmosphericType, extremeParameter, frequency, extremeAltitude, action, specification) implements a portion of the climatic data of the
Description
MIL-STD-210C or MIL-HDBK-310 worldwide air environment to 80 km geometric (or approximately 262,000 feet geometric). This implementation provides absolute temperature, pressure, density, and speed of sound for the input geopotential altitude. This function holds all values below the geometric altitude of 0 m (0 feet) and above the geometric altitude of 80,000 m (approximately 262,000 feet). The envelope atmospheric model has exceptions where values are held below the geometric altitude of 1 km (approximately 3281 feet). It also has exceptions above the geometric altitude of 30,000 m (approximately 98,425 feet). These exceptions are due to lack of data in MIL-STD-210 or MIL-HDBK-310 for these conditions. In general, this function interpolates temperature values linearly and density values logarithmically. It calculates pressure and speed of sound using a perfect gas relationship. The envelope atmospheric model has exceptions where the extreme value is the only value provided as an output. In these cases, the function interpolates pressure logarithmically. These envelope atmospheric model exceptions apply to all cases of high and low pressure, high and low temperature, and high and low density. These exceptions exclude the extreme values and 1% frequency of occurrence. These exceptions are due to lack of data in MIL-STD-210 or MIL-HDBK-310 for these conditions. A limitation is that MIL-STD-210 and MIL-HDBK-310 exclude from consideration climatic data for the region south of 60 degrees S latitude. This function uses the metric version of data from the MIL-STD-210 or MIL-HDBK-310 specifications. A limitation is some inconsistent data between the metric and English data. Locations where these
4-54
atmosnonstd
inconsistencies occur are within the envelope data for low density, low temperature, high temperature, low pressure, and high pressure. The most noticeable differences occur in the following values: For low density envelope data with 5% frequency, the density values in metric units are inconsistent at 4 km and 18 km. In addition, the density values in English units are inconsistent at 14 km. For low density envelope data with 10% frequency, the density values in metric units are inconsistent at 18 km. In addition, the density values in English units are inconsistent at 14 km. For low density envelope data with 20% frequency, the density values in English units are inconsistent at 14 km. For high-pressure envelope data with 10% frequency, the pressure values at 8 km are inconsistent.
Input Arguments
height

atmosphericType
String selecting the representation of 'Profile' or 'Envelope' for the atmospheric data:
'Profile'
Is the realistic atmospheric profiles associated with extremes at specified altitudes. Use 'Profile' for simulation of vehicles vertically traversing the atmosphere, or when you need the total influence of the atmosphere. Uses extreme atmospheric values at each altitude. Use 'Envelope' for vehicles traversing the atmosphere horizontally, without much change in altitude.
'Envelope'
extremeParameter
4-55
atmosnonstd
String selecting the atmospheric parameter that is the extreme value. Atmospheric parameters that you can specify are:
'High temperature' 'Low temperature' 'High density' 'Low density' 'High pressure', available only if atmosphericType is 'Envelope' 'Low pressure', available only if atmosphericType is 'Envelope' frequency
String selecting percent of time that extreme values would occur. When using atmosphericType of 'Envelope' and frequency of '5%', '10%, and '20%', only the extreme* parameter that you specify (temperature, density, or pressure) has a valid output. All other parameter outputs are zero.
'Extreme values', available only if atmosphericType is 'Envelope' '1%' '5%', available only if atmosphericType is 'Envelope' '10% '20%', available only if atmosphericType is 'Envelope' extremeAltitude
Scalar value, in kilometers, selecting geometric altitude at which the extreme values occur. extremeAltitude applies only when atmosphericType is 'Profile'.
5 10 20 30 40
16404 ft 32808 ft 65617 ft 98425 ft 131234 ft
4-56
atmosnonstd
action
String that defines action for out-of-range input:

'Error' 'Warning' (default) 'None' specification
String specifying the atmosphere model:

'210c' '310'
MIL-STD-210C MIL-HDBK-310 (default)
Output Arguments
Array of m-by-1 temperatures, in kelvin. This function interpolates temperature values linearly.
a
Array of m-by-1 speeds of sound, in meters per second. This function calculates speed of sound using a perfect gas relationship.
P
Array of m-by-1 pressures, in pascal. This function calculates pressure using a perfect gas relationship.
rho
Array of m-by-1 densities, in kilograms per meter cubed. This function interpolates density values logarithmically.
Examples
Calculate the nonstandard atmosphere profile. Use high density occurring 1% of the time at 5 km from MIL-HDBK-310 at 1000 m with warnings for out-of-range inputs:
4-57
atmosnonstd
[T, a, P, rho] = atmosnonstd( 1000,'Profile','High density','1%',5 ) T = 248.1455 a = 315.7900 P = 8.9893e+004 rho = 1.2620
Calculate the nonstandard atmosphere envelope with high pressure. Assume that high pressure occurs 20% of the time from MIL-STD-210C at 1000, 11,000, and 20,000 m with errors for out-of-range inputs:
[T, a, P, rho] = atmosnonstd([1000 11000 20000],'Envelope', ... 'High pressure','20%','Error','210c' ) T = 0 a = 0 P = 1.0e+004 * 0 0 0 0
4-58
atmosnonstd
9.1598 rho = 0 0
2.5309
0.6129
References
Global Climatic Data for Developing Military Products (MIL-STD-210C), 9 January 1987, Department of Defense, Washington, D.C. Global Climatic Data for Developing Military Products (MIL-HDBK-310), 23 June 1997, Department of Defense, Washington, D.C.
See Also
atmoscira | atmoscoesa | atmosisa | atmoslapse | atmospalt
4-59
atmosnrlmsise00
Purpose
Implement mathematical representation of 2001 United States Naval Research Laboratory Mass Spectrometer and Incoherent Scatter Radar Exosphere
[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds) [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, localApparentSolarTime) [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, f107Average, f107Daily, magneticIndex) [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, flags) [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, otype) [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, action) [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds) implements the mathematical
Syntax
Description
representation of the 2001 United States Naval Research Laboratory Mass Spectrometer and Incoherent Scatter Radar Exosphere (NRLMSISE-00). NRLMSISE-00 calculates the neutral atmosphere empirical model from the surface to lower exosphere (0 m to 1,000,000 m). Optionally, it performs this calculation including contributions from anomalous oxygen that can affect satellite drag above 500,000 m.
[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, localApparentSolarTime) specifies an array of m local apparent solar time (hours). [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, f107Average, f107Daily, magneticIndex) specifies arrays of m 81 day average of F10.7 flux (centered on doy), m-by-1 daily F10.7 flux for previous day, and m-by-7 of
magnetic index information.
4-60
atmosnrlmsise00
[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, flags) specifies an array of 23 to
enable or disable particular variations for the outputs.

[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, otype) specifies a string for total
mass density output.

[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00(altitude, latitude, longitude, year, dayOfYear, UTseconds, action) specifies out-of-range input
action. This function has the limitations of the NRLMSISE-00 model. For more information, see the NRLMSISE-00 model documentation. The NRLMSISE-00 model uses UTseconds, localApparentSolarTime, and longitude independently. These arguments are not of equal importance for every situation. For the most physically realistic calculation, choose these three variables to be consistent by default:
localApparentSolarTime = UTseconds/3600 + longitude/15
If available, you can include departures from this equation for localApparentSolarTime, but they are of minor importance.
Input Arguments
action

'Error' 'Warning' (default) 'None' altitude
Array of m-by-1 altitudes, in meters.

dayOfYear
Array m-by-1 day of year.
4-61
atmosnrlmsise00
f107Average
Array of m-by-1 81 day average of F10.7 flux (centered on day of year (dayOfYear)). If you specifyf107Average, you must also specify f107Daily and magneticIndex. The effects of f107Average are not large or established below 80,000 m; therefore, the default value is 150. These f107Average values correspond to the 10.7 cm radio flux at the actual distance of the Earth from the Sun. The f107Average values do not correspond to the radio flux at 1 AU. The following site provides both classes of values:
ftp://ftp.ngdc.noaa.gov/STP/SOLAR_DATA/SOLAR_RADIO/FLUX/
See the limitations in Description on page 4-60 for more information.

f107Daily
Array of m-by-1 daily F10.7 flux for previous day. If you specify f107Daily, you must also specify f107Average and magneticIndex. The effects of f107Daily are not large or established below 80,000 m; therefore, the default value is 150. These f107Daily values correspond to the 10.7 cm radio flux at the actual distance of the Earth from the Sun. The f107Daily values do not correspond to the radio flux at 1 AU. The following site provides both classes of values:
ftp://ftp.ngdc.noaa.gov/STP/SOLAR_DATA/SOLAR_RADIO/FLUX/
See the limitations in Description on page 4-60 for more information.

flags
Array of 23 to enable or disable particular variations for the outputs. If flags array length, m, is 23 and you have not specified all available inputs, this function assumes that flags is set. The flags, associated with the flags input, enable or disable particular variations for the outputs:
4-62
atmosnrlmsise00
Field
Flags(1) Flags(2) Flags(3) Flags(4) Flags(5) Flags(6) Flags(7) Flags(8) Flags(9)
Description F10.7 effect on mean Independent of time Symmetrical annual Symmetrical semiannual Asymmetrical annual Asymmetrical semiannual Diurnal Semidiurnal Daily AP. If you set this field to -1, the block uses the entire matrix of magnetic index information (APH) instead of APH(:,1).
Flags(10) All UT, longitudinal effects Flags(11) Longitudinal Flags(12) UT and mixed UT, longitudinal Flags(13) Mixed AP, UT, longitudinal Flags(14) Terdiurnal Flags(15) Departures from diffusive equilibrium Flags(16) All exospheric temperature variations Flags(17) All variations from 120,000 meter temperature (TLB) Flags(18) All lower thermosphere (TN1) temperature variations Flags(19) All 120,000 meter gradient (S) variations Flags(20) All upper stratosphere (TN2) temperature variations Flags(21) All variations from 120,000 meter values (ZLB) Flags(22) All lower mesosphere temperature (TN3) variations Flags(23) Turbopause scale height variations
4-63
atmosnrlmsise00
latitude
Array of m-by-1 geodetic latitudes, in meters.

longitude
Array of m-by-1 longitudes, in degrees.

localApparentSolarTime
Array of m-by-1 local apparent solar time (hours). To obtain a physically realistic value, the function sets localApparentSolarTime to (sec/3600 + lon/15) by default. See Description on page 4-60 for more information.
magneticIndex
An array of m-by-7 of magnetic index information. If you specify magneticIndex, you must also specify f107Average and f107Daily. This information consists of: Daily magnetic index (AP) 3 hour AP for current time 3 hour AP for 3 hours before current time 3 hour AP for 6 hours before current time 3 hour AP for 9 hours before current time Average of eight 3 hour AP indices from 12 to 33 hours before current time Average of eight 3 hour AP indices from 36 to 57 hours before current time The effects of daily magnetic index are not large or established below 80,000 m. As a result, the function sets the default value to 4. See the limitations in Description on page 4-60 for more information.
otype
String for total mass density output:
4-64
atmosnrlmsise00
`Oxygen' `NoOxygen'
Total mass density outputs include anomalous oxygen number density. Total mass density outputs do not include anomalous oxygen number density.
UTseconds
Array of m-by-1 seconds in day in universal time (UT)

year
This function ignores the value of year.
Output Arguments
Array of N-by-2 values of temperature, in kelvin. The first column is exospheric temperature, in kelvin. The second column is temperature at altitude, in kelvin.
rho
An array of N-by-9 values of densities (kg/m3 or 1/m3) in selected density units. The column order is: Density of He, in 1/m3 Density of O, in 1/m3 Density of N2, in 1/m3 Density of O2, in 1/m3 Density of Ar, in 1/m3 Total mass density, in 1/kg3 Density of H, in 1/m3 Density of N, in 1/m3 Anomalous oxygen number density, in 1/m3
density(6), total mass density, is the sum of the mass densities of He, O, N2, O2, Ar, H, and N. Optionally, density(6) can include the mass density of anomalous oxygen making density(6), the effective
total mass density for drag.
4-65
atmosnrlmsise00
Examples
Calculate the temperatures, densities not including anomalous oxygen using the NRLMSISE-00 model at 10,000 m, 45 degrees latitude, -50 degrees longitude. This calculation uses the date January 4, 2007 at 0 UT. It uses default values for flux, magnetic index data, and local solar time with out-of-range actions generating warnings:
[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00( 10000, 45, -50, 2007, 4, 0) T = 281.6500 a = 336.4341 P = 1.0e+004 * 8.9875 rho = 1.1116 0.3639 0.0880 2.2632 0.5475 295.0696 295.0696 216.6500 216.6500
>> [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00( 10000, 45, -50, 2007, 4, 0) T = 1.0e+003 * 1.0273 rho = 1.0e+024 * 0.2212
4-66
atmosnrlmsise00
0.0000
6.6824
1.7927
0.0799
0.0000
Calculate the temperatures, densities not including anomalous oxygen using the NRLMSISE-00 model. Use the model at 10,000 m, 45 degrees latitude, 50 degrees longitude and 25,000 m, 47 degrees latitude, 55 degrees longitude. This calculation uses the date January 4, 2007 at 0 UT. It uses default values for flux, magnetic index data, and local solar time with out-of-range actions generating warnings:
[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00( [10000; 25000], [45; 47], ... [-50; -55], [2007; 2007], [4; 4], [0; 0]) [-50; -55], [2007; 2007], [4; 4], [0; 0]) T = 1.0e+003 * 1.0273 1.0273 0.2212 0.2116
rho = 1.0e+024 * 0.0000 0.0000 0 0 6.6824 0.6347 1.7927 0.1703 0.0799 0.0076 0.0000 0.0000 0 0 0 0 0 0
Calculate the temperatures, densities including anomalous oxygen using the NRLMSISE-00 model at 10,000 m, 45 degrees latitude, 50 degrees longitude. This calculation uses the date January 4, 2007 at 0
4-67
atmosnrlmsise00
UT. It uses default values for flux, magnetic index data, and local solar time with out-of-range actions generating errors:
[T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00( 10000, 45, -50, 2007, ... 4, 0, 'Oxygen', 'Error') T = 1.0e+003 * 1.0273 0.2212
rho = 1.0e+024 * 0.0000 0 6.6824 1.7927 0.0799 0.0000 0 0 0
Calculate the temperatures, densities including anomalous oxygen using the NRLMSISE-00 model at 100,000 m, 45 degrees latitude, 50 degrees longitude. This calculation uses the date January 4, 2007 at 0 UT. It uses defined values for flux, and magnetic index data, and default local solar time. It specifies that the out-of-range action is to generate no message:
aph = [17.375 15 20 15 27 (32+22+15+22+9+18+12+15)/8 (39+27+9+32+39+9+7+12)/8] f107 = 87.7 nov_6days = [ 78.6 78.2 82.4 85.5 85.0 84.1]
dec_31daymean = 84.5 jan_31daymean = 83.5 feb_13days = [ 89.9 90.3 87.3 83.7 83.0 81.9 82.0 78.4 76.7 75.9 74.7 73.6 72.7] f107a = (sum(nov_6days) + sum(feb_13days) + (dec_31daymean + jan_31daymean)*31)/81 flags = ones(1,23) flags(9) = -1 [T rho] = atmosnrlmsise00( 100000, 45, -50, 2007, 4, 0, f107a, f107, ...
4-68
atmosnrlmsise00
aph, flags, 'Oxygen', 'None') aph =
17.3750
15.0000
20.0000
15.0000
27.0000
18.1250
21.7500
f107 =
87.7000
nov_6days =
78.6000
78.2000
82.4000
85.5000
85.0000
84.1000
dec_31daymean =
84.5000
jan_31daymean =
83.5000
feb_13days =
Columns 1 through 10
89.9000 90.3000 87.3000 83.7000 83.0000 81.9000 82.0000 78.4000 76.7000 75.9000
74.7000
73.6000
72.7000
4-69
atmosnrlmsise00
f107a =
83.3568
flags =
flags =
1 -1
T =
1.0e+003 *
1.0273
0.1917
rho =
1.0e+018 *
4-70
atmosnrlmsise00
0.0001
0.4241
7.8432
1.9721
0.0808
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
References See Also
http://ccmc.gsfc.nasa.gov/modelweb/atmos/nrlmsise00.html atmoscira
4-71
atmospalt
Calculate pressure altitude based on ambient pressure

pressureAltitude = atmospalt(pressure, action) pressureAltitude = atmospalt(pressure, action) computes the
pressure altitude based on ambient pressure. Pressure altitude is the altitude with specified ambient pressure in the 1976 Committee on Extension to the Standard Atmosphere (COESA) United States standard. Pressure altitude is the same as the mean sea level (MSL) altitude. This function extrapolates altitude values logarithmically below the pressure of 0.3961 Pa (approximately 0.00006 psi) and above the pressure of 101,325 Pa (approximately 14.7 psi). This function assumes that air is dry and an ideal gas.
Input Arguments
pressure
Array of m-by-1 ambient pressures, in pascal.

action

pressureAltitude
Array of m-by-1 pressure altitudes or MSL altitudes, in meters. Calculate the pressure altitude at a static pressure of 101,325 Pa with warnings for out-of-range inputs:
h = atmospalt(101325)
4-72
atmospalt
h = 0
Calculate the pressure altitude at static pressures of 101,325 Pa and 26,436 Pa with errors for out-of-range inputs:
h = atmospalt([101325 26436], 'Error' )
h = 1.0e+004 * 0 1.0000
References See Also
atmoscira | atmoscoesa | atmosisa | atmoslapse | atmosnonstd
4-73
Body (Aero.Body)
Construct body object for use with animation object

h = Aero.Body h = Aero.Body constructs a body for an animation object. The animation object is returned in h. To use the Aero.Body object, you typically:
1 Create the animation body. 2 Configure or customize the body object. 3 Load the body. 4 Generate patches for the body (requires an axes from a figure). 5 Set the source for the time series data. 6 Move or update the body.
The animation object has the following properties: By default, an Aero.Body object natively uses aerospace body coordinates for the body geometry and the time series data. Convert time series data from other coordinate systems on the fly by registering a different CoordTransformFcn function. See Aero.Body for further details.
See Also
Aero.Body
4-74
Camera (Aero.Camera)
Construct camera object for use with animation object

h = Aero.Camera h = Aero.Camera constructs a camera object h for use with an
animation object. The camera object uses the registered coordinate transform. By default, this is an aerospace body coordinate system. Axes of custom coordinate systems must be orthogonal. The animation object has the following properties: By default, an Aero.Body object natively uses aerospace body coordinates for the body geometry and the time series data. Convert time series data from other coordinate systems on the fly by registering a different CoordTransformFcn function. See Aero.Camera for further details.
See Also
Aero.Camera
4-75
ClearTimer (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Clear and delete timer for animation of FlightGear flight simulator

ClearTimer(h) h.ClearTimer ClearTimer(h) and h.ClearTimer clear and delete the MATLAB timer for the animation of the FlightGear flight simulator.
Clear and delete the MATLAB timer for animation of the FlightGear animation object, h:
h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation h.SetTimer h.ClearTimer h.SetTimer('FGTimer')
See Also
SetTimer
4-76
convacc
Convert from acceleration units to desired acceleration units

convertedValues = convacc(valuesToConvert, inputAccelUnits, outputAccelUnits) convertedValues = convacc(valuesToConvert, inputAccelUnits, outputAccelUnits) computes the conversion factor from specified
input acceleration units to specified output acceleration units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputAccelUnits to outputAccelUnits.
inputAccelUnits
Specified input acceleration units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'ft/s^2' 'm/s^2' 'km/s^2' 'in/s^2' 'km/h-s' 'mph/s' 'G''s' outputAccelUnits
Feet per second squared Meters per second squared Kilometers per second squared Inches per second squared Kilometers per hour per second Miles per hour per second g-units
Specified output acceleration units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:
4-77
convacc
'ft/s^2' 'm/s^2' 'km/s^2' 'in/s^2' 'km/h-s' 'mph/s' 'G''s'
Feet per second squared Meters per second squared Kilometers per second squared Inches per second squared Kilometers per hour per second Miles per hour per second g-units
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three accelerations from feet per second squared to meters per second squared:
a = convacc([3 10 20],'ft/s^2','m/s^2') a = 0.9144 3.0480 6.0960
See Also
convang | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convmass | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-78
convang
Convert from angle units to desired angle units

convertedValues = convang(valuesToConvert, inputAngleUnits, outputAngleUnits) convertedValues = convang(valuesToConvert, inputAngleUnits, outputAngleUnits) computes the conversion factor from specified
input angle units to specified output angle units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units. inputAngleUnits and outputAngleUnits are strings.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputAngleUnits to outputAngleUnits.
inputAngleUnits
Specified input angle units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'deg' 'rad' 'rev' outputAngleUnits
Degrees Radians Revolutions
Specified output angle units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'deg' 'rad' 'rev'
Degrees Radians Revolutions
4-79
convang
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three angles from degrees to radians:
a = convang([3 10 20],'deg','rad') a = 0.0524 0.1745 0.3491
See Also
convacc | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convmass | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-80
convangacc
Convert from angular acceleration units to desired angular acceleration units

convertedValues = convangacc(valuesToConvert, inputAngularUnits, outputAngularUnits) convertedValues = convangacc(valuesToConvert, inputAngularUnits, outputAngularUnits) computes the conversion
factor from specified input angular acceleration units to specified output angular acceleration units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputAngularUnits to outputAngularUnits.
inputAngularUnits
Specified input angular acceleration units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:
'deg/s^2' 'rad/s^2' 'rpm/s' outputAngularUnits
Degrees per second squared Radians per second squared Revolutions per minute per second
Specified output angular acceleration units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:
'deg/s^2' 'rad/s^2' 'rpm/s'
Degrees per second squared Radians per second squared Revolutions per minute per second
4-81
convangacc
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three angular accelerations from degrees per second squared to radians per second squared:
a = convangacc([0.3 0.1 0.5],'deg/s^2','rad/s^2') a = 0.0052 0.0017 0.0087
See Also
convacc | convang | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convmass | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-82
convangvel
Convert from angular velocity units to desired angular velocity units

convertedValues = convangvel(valuesToConvert, inputAngularVelocityUnits, outputAngularVelocityUnits) convertedValues = convangvel(valuesToConvert, inputAngularVelocityUnits, outputAngularVelocityUnits)
computes the conversion factor from specified input angular velocity units to specified output angular velocity units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputAngularVelocityUnits to outputAngularVelocityUnits.
inputAngularVelocityUnits
Specified input angular velocity units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:
'deg/s' 'rad/s' 'rpm'
Degrees per second Radians per second Revolutions per minute
outputAngularVelocityUnits
Specified output angular velocity units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:
'deg/s' 'rad/s' 'rpm'
Degrees per second Radians per second Revolutions per minute
4-83
convangvel
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three angular velocities from degrees per second to radians per second:
a = convangvel([0.3 0.1 0.5],'deg/s','rad/s') a = 0.0052 0.0017 0.0087
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convmass | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-84
convdensity
Convert from density units to desired density units

convertedValues = convdensity(valuesToConvert, inputDensityUnits, outputDensityUnits) convertedValues = convdensity(valuesToConvert, inputDensityUnits, outputDensityUnits) computes the conversion
factor from specified input density units to specified output density units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputDensityUnits to outputDensityUnits.
inputDensityUnits
Specified input density units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'lbm/ft^3' 'kg/m^3' 'slug/ft^3' 'lbm/in^3' outputDensityUnits
Pound mass per feet cubed Kilograms per meters cubed Slugs per feet cubed Pound mass per inch cubed
Specified output density units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'lbm/ft^3' 'kg/m^3' 'slug/ft^3' 'lbm/in^3'
Pound mass per feet cubed Kilograms per meters cubed Slugs per feet cubed Pound mass per inch cubed
4-85
convdensity
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three densities from pound mass per feet cubed to kilograms per meters cubed:
a = convdensity([0.3 0.1 0.5],'lbm/ft^3','kg/m^3') a = 4.8055 1.6018 8.0092
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convangvel | convforce | convlength | convmass | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-86
convforce
Purpose Syntax
Convert from force units to desired force units

convertedValues = convforce(valuesToConvert, inputForceUnits, outputForceUnits) convertedValues = convforce(valuesToConvert, inputForceUnits, outputForceUnits) computes the
Description
conversion factor from specified input force units to specified output force units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputForceUnits to outputForceUnits.
inputForceUnits
Specified input force units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'lbf' 'N' outputForceUnits
Pound force Newton
Specified output force units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'lbf' 'N'
Pound force Newton
Output Arguments
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted.
4-87
convforce
Examples
Convert three forces from pound force to newtons:

a = convforce([120 1 5],'lbf','N') a = 533.7866 4.4482 22.2411
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convlength | convmass | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-88
convlength
Purpose Syntax
Convert from length units to desired length units

convertedValues = convlength(valuesToConvert, inputLengthUnits, outputLengthUnits) m convertedValues = convlength(valuesToConvert, inputLengthUnits, outputLengthUnits) computes the conversion
Description
factor from specified input length units to specified output length units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputLengthUnits to outputLengthUnits.
inputLengthUnits
Specified input length units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'ft' 'm' 'km' 'in' 'mi' 'naut mi' outputLengthUnits
Feet Meters Kilometers Inches Miles Nautical miles
Specified output length units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:
4-89
convlength
'ft' 'm' 'km' 'in' 'mi' 'naut mi'
Feet Meters Kilometers Inches Miles Nautical miles
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three lengths from feet to meters:
a = convlength([3 10 20],'ft','m') a = 0.9144 3.0480 6.0960
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convmass | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-90
convmass
Convert from mass units to desired mass units

convertedValues = convmass(valuesToConvert, inputMassUnits, outputMassUnits) convertedValues = convmass(valuesToConvert, inputMassUnits, outputMassUnits) computes the conversion factor from specified
input mass units to specified output mass units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputMassUnits to outputMassUnits.
inputMassUnits
Specified input mass units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'lbm' 'kg' 'slugs' outputMassUnits
Pound mass Kilograms Slugs
Specified output mass units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'lbm' 'kg' 'slugs'
Pound mass Kilograms Slugs
Output Arguments
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted.
4-91
convmass
Examples
Convert three masses from pound mass to kilograms:

a = convmass([3 1 5],'lbm','kg') a = 1.3608 0.4536 2.2680
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convpres | convtemp | convvel
4-92
convpres
Convert from pressure units to desired pressure units

convertedValues= convpres(valuesToConvert, inputPressureUnits, outputPressureUnits) convertedValues= convpres(valuesToConvert, inputPressureUnits, outputPressureUnits) computes the
conversion factor from specified input pressure units to specified output pressure units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputPressureUnits to outputPressureUnits.
inputPressureUnits
Specified input pressure units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'psi' 'Pa' 'psf' 'atm'
Pound force per square inch Pascal Pound force per square foot Atmosphere
outputPressureUnits
Specified output pressure units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'psi' 'Pa' 'psf' 'atm'
Pound force per square inch Pascal Pound force per square foot Atmosphere
4-93
convpres
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert two pressures from pound force per square inch to atmospheres:
a = convpres([14.696 a = 1.0000 2.3816 35],'psi','atm')
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convmass | convtemp | convvel
4-94
convtemp
Convert from temperature units to desired temperature units

convertedValues = convtemp(valuesToConvert, inputTemperatureUnits, outputTemperatureUnits) convertedValues = convtemp(valuesToConvert, inputTemperatureUnits, outputTemperatureUnits)
computes the conversion factor from specified input temperature units to specified output temperature units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input, to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputTemperatureUnits to outputTemperatureUnits.
inputTemperatureUnits
Specified input temperature units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'K' 'F' 'C' 'R'
Kelvin Degrees Fahrenheit Degrees Celsius Degrees Rankine
outputTemperatureUnits
Specified output temperature units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'K' 'F'
Kelvin Degrees Fahrenheit
4-95
convtemp
'C' 'R'
Degrees Celsius Degrees Rankine
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three temperatures from degrees Celsius to degrees Fahrenheit:
a = convtemp([0 100 15],'C','F') a = 32.0000 212.0000 59.0000
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convmass | convpres | convvel
4-96
convvel
Convert from velocity units to desired velocity units

convertedValues = convvel(valuesToConvert, inputVelocityUnits, outputVelocityUnits) convertedValues = convvel(valuesToConvert, inputVelocityUnits, outputVelocityUnits) computes the
conversion factor from specified input velocity units to specified output velocity units. It then applies the conversion factor to the input to produce the output in the desired units.
Input Arguments
valuesToConvert
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function is to convert. All values must have the same unit conversions from inputVelocityUnits to outputVelocityUnits.
inputVelocityUnits
Specified input velocity units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:

'ft/s' 'm/s' 'km/s' 'in/s' 'km/h' 'mph' 'kts' 'ft/min'
Feet per second Meters per second Kilometers per second Inches per second Kilometers per hour Miles per hour Knots Feet per minute
outputVelocityUnits
Specified output velocity units, as strings. Supported unit strings are:
4-97
convvel
'ft/s' 'm/s' 'km/s' 'in/s' 'km/h' 'mph' 'kts' 'ft/min'
Feet per second Meters per second Kilometers per second Inches per second Kilometers per hour Miles per hour Knots Feet per minute
convertedValues
Floating-point array of size m-by-n values that the function has converted. Convert three velocities from feet per minute to meters per second:
a = convvel([30 100 250],'ft/min','m/s') a = 0.1524 0.5080 1.2700
See Also
convacc | convang | convangacc | convangvel | convdensity | convforce | convlength | convmass | convpres | convtemp
4-98
correctairspeed
Purpose Syntax
Calculate equivalent airspeed (EAS), calibrated airspeed (CAS), or true airspeed (TAS) from one of other two airspeeds
outputAirpseed = correctairspeed(inputAirspeed, speedOfSound, pressure0, inputAirspeedType, outputAirspeedType) outputAirpseed = correctairspeed(inputAirspeed, speedOfSound, pressure0, inputAirspeedType, outputAirspeedType) computes the conversion factor from
Description
specified input airspeed to specified output airspeed using speed of sound and static pressure. The function applies the conversion factor to the input airspeed to produce the output in the desired airspeed. This function is based on an assumption of compressible, isentropic (subsonic flow), dry air with constant specific heat ratio (gamma).
Input Arguments
inputAirspeed
Floating-point array of size m-by-1 of airspeeds in meters per second. All values must have the same airspeed conversions from inputAirspeedType to outputAirspeedType.
speedOfSound
Floating-point array of size m-by-1 of speeds of sound, in meters per second.

pressure0
Floating-point array of size m-by-1 of static air pressures, in pascal.

inputAirspeedType
Input airspeed string. Supported airspeed strings are:
4-99
correctairspeed
'TAS' 'CAS' 'EAS' outputAirspeedType
True airspeed Calibrated airspeed Equivalent airspeed
Output airspeed string. Supported airspeed strings are:

'TAS' 'CAS' 'EAS'
True airspeed Calibrated airspeed Equivalent airspeed
outputAirpseed
Floating-point array of size m-by-1 of airspeeds in meters per second. Convert three airspeeds from true airspeed to equivalent airspeed at 1000 ms:
as = correctairspeed([25.7222; 10.2889; 3.0867], 336.4, 89874.6,'TAS','EAS')
as =
24.5057 9.8023 2.9407
Convert airspeeds from true airspeed to equivalent airspeed at 1000 m and 0 m:

ain = [25.7222; 10.2889; 3.0867]; sos = [336.4; 340.3; 340.3]; P0 = [89874.6; 101325; 101325]; as = correctairspeed(ain, sos, P0,'TAS','EAS')
4-100
correctairspeed
as = 24.5057 10.2887 3.0866
References
Lowry, J.T., Performance of Light Aircraft, AIAA Education Series, Washington, D.C., 1999 Aeronautical Vestpocket Handbook, United Technologies Pratt & Whitney, August1986
See Also
airspeed
4-101
Aero.Animation.createBody
Purpose Syntax
Create body and its associated patches in animation

idx idx idx idx = = = = createBody(h,bodyDataSrc) h.createBody(bodyDataSrc) createBody(h,bodyDataSrc,geometrysource) h.createBody(bodyDataSrc,geometrysource)
Description
idx = createBody(h,bodyDataSrc) and idx = h.createBody(bodyDataSrc) create a new body using the bodyDataSrc, makes its patches, and adds it to the animation object h. This command assumes a default geometry source type set to Auto. idx = createBody(h,bodyDataSrc,geometrysource) and idx = h.createBody(bodyDataSrc,geometrysource) create a new body using the bodyDataSrc file, makes its patches, and adds it to the animation object h. geometrysource is the geometry source type for
the body.
Input Arguments
bodyDataSrc geometrysource
Source of data for body. Geometry source type for body: Auto Recognizes .mat extensions as MAT-files, .ac extensions as Ac3d files, and structures containing fields of name, faces, vertices, and cdata as MATLAB variables. Default. Variable Recognizes structures containing fields of name, faces, vertices, and cdata as MATLAB variables. MatFile Recognizes .mat extensions as MAT-files. Ac3d Recognizes .ac extensions as Ac3d files. Custom Recognizes custom extensions.
4-102
Aero.Animation.createBody
idx
Index of the body to be created.
Create a body for the animation object, h. Use the Ac3d format data source pa24-250_orange.ac, for the body.
h = Aero.Animation; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d');
4-103
datcomimport
Purpose Syntax
Bring DATCOM file into MATLAB environment

aero aero aero aero = = = = datcomimport(file) datcomimport(file, usenan) datcomimport(file, usenan, verbose) datcomimport(file, usenan, verbose, filetype)
Description
aero = datcomimport(file) takes a file name, file, as a string (or a
cell array of file names as strings), and imports aerodynamic data from
file into a cell array of structures, aero. Before reading the DATCOM
file, the function initializes values to 99999 to show when there is not a full set of data for the DATCOM case.
aero = datcomimport(file, usenan) is an alternate method allowing the replacement of data points with NaN or zero where no DATCOM methods exist or where the method is not applicable. The default value for usenan is true. aero = datcomimport(file, usenan, verbose) is an alternate method to display the status of the DATCOM file being read. The default value for verbose is 2, which displays a wait bar. Other options are 0, which displays no information, and 1, which displays text to the MATLAB Command Window. aero = datcomimport(file, usenan, verbose, filetype) is an
alternate method that allows you to specify which type of DATCOM file to read. The possible values are listed in this table:
filetype Value 6 21 42
Output File from DATCOM (Default) for006.dat output by all DATCOM versions
for021.dat output by DATCOM 2007,
DATCOM 2008, and DATCOM 2011

for042.csv output by DATCOM 2008 and
DATCOM 2011
4-104
datcomimport
When filetype is 6, the function reads the for006.dat file output by DATCOM. Note If filetype is 21, the function collates the breakpoints and data from all the cases and appends them as the last entry of aero. The next option is 21, which reads the for021.dat file output by DATCOM 2007. The last option is 42, which reads the for042.csv file output by DATCOM 2008 and DATCOM 2011. Fields for the 1976, 1999, 2007, 2008, and 2011 versions of the type 6 output files are described: Fields for 1976 Version (File Type 6) on page 4-105 Fields for 1999 Version (File Type 6) on page 4-125 Fields for 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6) on page 4-131 Fields for 2007, 2008, and 2011 versions of the type 21 output file are described in: Fields for 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 21) on page 4-135 Fields for 2008 and 2011 versions of the type 42 output file are described in: Fields for 2008 and 2011 Version (File Type 42) on page 4-141
Fields for 1976 Version (File Type 6)

The fields of aero depend on the data within the DATCOM file.
4-105
datcomimport
Common Fields for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field

case mach alt alpha nmach nalt nalpha rnnub hypers
Description String containing the case ID. Array of Mach numbers. Array of altitudes. Array of angles of attack. Number of Mach numbers. Number of altitudes. Number of angles of attack. Array of Reynolds numbers. Logical denoting, when true, that mach numbers above tsmach are hypersonic. Default values are supersonic. Scalar denoting the type of looping done to generate the DATCOM file. When loop is 1, mach and alt are varied together. When loop is 2, mach varies while alt is fixed. Altitude is then updated and Mach numbers are cycled through again. When loop is 3, mach is fixed while alt varies. mach is then updated and altitudes are cycled through again. Scalar denoting the reference area for the case. Scalar denoting the longitudinal reference length.
Default
[] [] [] [] 0 0 0 [] false
loop
sref cbar
[] []
4-106
datcomimport
Common Fields for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
blref dim deriv stmach tsmach save
Description Scalar denoting the lateral reference length. String denoting the specified system of units for the case. String denoting the specified angle units for the case. Scalar value setting the upper limit of subsonic Mach numbers. Scalar value setting the lower limit of supersonic Mach numbers. Logical denoting whether the input values for this case are used in the next case. Scalar denoting the type of asymmetric flap for the case. Logical denoting the reading of trim data for the case. When trim runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of dynamic derivative data for the case. When dynamic derivative runs are read, this value is set to true. Scalar denoting the reading of build data for the case. When build runs are read, this value is set to 10.
Default
[] 'ft' 'deg' 0.6 1.4 false
stype trim
[] false
damp
false
build
4-107
datcomimport
part
Description Logical denoting the reading of partial data for the case. When partial runs are written for each Mach number, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of symmetric flap high-lift data for the case. When symmetric flap runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of asymmetric flap high-lift data for the case. When asymmetric flap runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of control/trim tab high-lift data for the case. When control/trim tab runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of transverse-jet control data for the case. When transverse-jet control runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of hypersonic flap effectiveness data for the case. When hypersonic flap effectiveness runs are read, this value is set to true.
Default
false
highsym
false
highasy
false
highcon
false
tjet
false
hypeff
false
4-108
datcomimport
lb
Description Logical denoting the reading of low aspect ratio wing or lifting body data for the case. When low aspect ratio wing or lifting body runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of power effects data for the case. When power effects runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of ground effects data for the case. When ground effects runs are read, this value is set to true. Scalar denoting the semi-span theoretical panel for wing. This value is used to determine if the configuration contains a canard. Scalar denoting the semi-span theoretical panel for horizontal tail. This value is used to determine if the configuration contains a canard. Number of control surface deflections: delta, deltal, or deltar. Array of control-surface streamwise deflection angles. Array of left lifting surface streamwise control deflection angles, which are defined positive for trailing-edge down.
Default
false
pwr
false
grnd
false
wsspn
hsspn
ndelta delta deltal
0 [] []
4-109
datcomimport
deltar
Description Array of right lifting surface streamwise control deflection angles, which are defined positive for trailing-edge down. Scalar denoting the number of ground altitudes. Array of ground heights. Structure of logicals denoting whether the case contains horizontal tails.
Default
[]
ngh grndht config
0 [] false, as follows. config.downwash = false; config.body = false; config.wing = false; config.htail = false; config.vtail = false; config.vfin = false; 1976
version
Version of DATCOM file.
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
cd cl
Matrix of... Drag coefficients, which are defined positive for an aft-acting load. Lift coefficients, which are defined positive for an up-acting load.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta
4-110
datcomimport
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
cm
Matrix of... Pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation. Normal-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +Z direction. Axial-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +X direction. Distances between moment reference center and the center of pressure divided by the longitudinal reference length. Distances are defined positive for a location forward of the center of gravity. Derivatives of lift coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of pitching-moment coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of side-force coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Derivatives of yawing-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Derivatives of rolling-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta
cn
ca
xcp
cla cma cyb cnb
alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta
clb
4-111
datcomimport
qqinf
Matrix of... Ratios of dynamic pressure at the horizontal tail to the freestream value. Downwash angle at horizontal tail in degrees. Downwash angle with respect to angle of attack.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta alpha, mach, alt, build, grndht, delta
eps depsdalp
Dynamic Derivative Fields for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
clq cmq clad cmad clp cyp cnp cnr clr
Matrix of... Rolling-moment derivatives due to pitch rate. Pitching-moment derivatives due to pitch rate. Lift-force derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Pitching-moment derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Rolling-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Lateral-force derivatives due to roll rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to yaw rate. Rolling-moment derivatives due to yaw rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
4-112
datcomimport
High-Lift and Control Fields for Symmetric Flaps for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
dcl_sym
Matrix of... Incremental lift coefficients due to deflection of control surface, valid in the linear-lift angle of attack range. Incremental pitching-moment coefficients due to deflection of control surface, valid in the linear-lift angle of attack range. Incremental maximum lift coefficients. Incremental minimum drag coefficients due to control or flap deflection. Lift-curve slope of the deflected, translated surface. Control-surface hinge-moment derivatives due to angle of attack. These derivatives, when defined positive, will tend to rotate the flap trailing edge down. Control-surface hinge-moment derivatives due to control deflection. When defined positive, these derivatives will tend to rotate the flap trailing edge down. Incremental induced drag coefficients due to flap detection.
Function of...
delta, mach, alt
dcm_sym
delta, mach, alt
dclmax_sym dcdmin_sym clad_sym cha_sym
delta, mach, alt delta, mach, alt delta, mach, alt delta, mach, alt
chd_sym
delta, mach, alt
dcdi_sym
alpha, delta, mach, alt
4-113
datcomimport
High-Lift and Control Fields Available for Asymmetric Flaps for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
xsc hsc ddc dsc clroll
Matrix of... Streamwise distances from wing leading edge to spoiler tip. Projected height of spoiler measured from normal to airfoil meanline. Projected height of deflector for spoiler-slot-deflector control. Projected height of spoiler control. Incremental rolling-moment coefficients due to asymmetrical deflection of control surface. The coefficients are defined positive when right wing is down. Incremental yawing-moment coefficients due to asymmetrical deflection of control surface. The coefficients are defined positive when nose is right.
Function of...
delta, mach, alt delta, mach, alt delta, mach, alt delta, mach, alt delta, mach, and alt, or alpha, delta, mach, and alt for differential
horizontal stabilizer
cn_asy
delta, mach, and alt, or alpha, delta, mach, and alt for plain flaps
High-Lift and Control Fields Available for Control/Trim Tabs for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
fc_con
Matrix of... Stick forces or stick force coefficients. free.
Function of...
alpha, delta, mach, alt alpha, delta, mach, alt alpha, delta, mach, alt
fhmcoeff_free Flap-hinge moment coefficients tab fhmcoeff_lock Flap-hinge moment coefficients tab
locked.
4-114
datcomimport
High-Lift and Control Fields Available for Control/Trim Tabs for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) (Continued) Field Matrix of... gearing.
ttab_def
Function of...
alpha, delta, mach, alt alpha, delta, mach, alt
fhmcoeff_gear Flap-hinge moment coefficients due to
Trim-tab deflections for zero stick force.
High-Lift and Control Fields Available for Trim for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
cl_utrim cd_utrim cm_utrim
Matrix of... Untrimmed lift coefficients, which are defined positive for an up-acting load. Untrimmed drag coefficients, which are defined positive for an aft-acting load. Untrimmed pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation. Trimmed control-surface streamwise deflection angles. Trimmed incremental lift coefficients in the linear-lift angle of attack range due to deflection of control surface. Trimmed incremental maximum lift coefficients. Trimmed incremental induced drag coefficients due to flap deflection. Trimmed incremental minimum drag coefficients due to control or flap deflection.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt
delt_trim dcl_trim
alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt
dclmax_trim dcdi_trim dcdmin_trim
4-115
datcomimport
High-Lift and Control Fields Available for Trim for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
cha_trim chd_trim cl_tailutrim
Matrix of... Trimmed control-surface hinge-moment derivatives due to angle of attack. Trimmed control-surface hinge-moment derivatives due to control deflection. Untrimmed stabilizer lift coefficients, which are defined positive for an up-acting load. Untrimmed stabilizer drag coefficients, which are defined positive for an aft-acting load. Untrimmed stabilizer pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation. Untrimmed stabilizer hinge-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a stabilizer rotation with leading edge up and trailing edge down. Stabilizer incidence required to trim. Trimmed stabilizer lift coefficients, which are defined positive for an up-acting load. Trimmed stabilizer drag coefficients, which are defined positive for an aft-acting load. Trimmed stabilizer pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation.
Function of...
cd_tailutrim
alpha, mach, alt
cm_tailutrim
alpha, mach, alt
hm_tailutrim
alpha, mach, alt
aliht_tailtrim cl_tailtrim cd_tailtrim cm_tailtrim
alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt
4-116
datcomimport
High-Lift and Control Fields Available for Trim for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
hm_tailtrim
Matrix of... Trimmed stabilizer hinge-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a stabilizer rotation with leading edge up and trailing edge down. Lift coefficients at trim incidence. These coefficients are defined positive for an up-acting load. Drag coefficients at trim incidence. These coefficients are defined positive for an aft-acting load.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt
cl_trimi
alpha, mach, alt
cd_trimi
alpha, mach, alt
Transverse Jet Control Fields for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
time ctrlfrc locmach reynum locpres dynpres blayer ctrlcoeff corrcoeff sonicamp
Description Matrix of times. Matrix of control forces. Matrix of local Mach numbers. Matrix of Reynolds numbers. Matrix of local pressures. Matrix of dynamic pressures. Cell array of strings containing the state of the boundary layer. Matrix of control force coefficients. Matrix of corrected force coefficients. Matrix of sonic amplification factors.
Stored with Indices of...

mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha
4-117
datcomimport
Transverse Jet Control Fields for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
ampfact vacthr minpres minjet jetpres massflow propelwt
Description Matrix of amplification factors. Matrix of vacuum thrusts. Matrix of minimum pressure ratios. Matrix of minimum jet pressures. Matrix of jet pressures. Matrix of mass flow rates. Matrix of propellant weights.

mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha mach, alt, alpha
Hypersonic Fields for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field

df_normal df_axial cm_normal cm_axial cp_normal cp_axial
Matrix of... Increments in normal force per spanwise foot of control. Increments in axial force per spanwise foot of control. Increments in pitching moment due to normal force per spanwise foot of control. Increments in pitching moment due to axial force per spanwise foot of control. Center of pressure locations of normal force. Center of pressure locations of axial force.

alpha, delta, mach alpha, delta, mach alpha, delta, mach alpha, delta, mach alpha, delta, mach alpha, delta, mach
4-118
datcomimport
Auxiliary and Partial Fields Available for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) Field
wetarea_b xcg_b
Matrix of... Body wetted area. Longitudinal locations of the center of gravity. Vertical locations of the center of gravity. Body base area.

mach, alt, number of runs mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt mach, alt alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt
zcg_b
basearea_b
cd0_b
Body zero lift drags.
basedrag_b
Body base drags.
fricdrag_b
Body friction drags.
presdrag_b
Body pressure drags.
lemac sidewash hiv_b_w hiv_w_h hiv_b_h
Leading edge mean aerodynamic chords.

sidewash iv-b(w) iv-w(h) iv-b(h)
4-119
datcomimport
Auxiliary and Partial Fields Available for the 1976 Version (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
gamma gamma2pialpvr clpgammacl0 clpgammaclp cnptheta cypgamma cypcl clbgamma cmothetaw cmothetah espeff despdalpeff dragdiv cd0mach cd0 clbclmfb_****
Matrix of...
gamma*2*pi*alpha*v*r gamma*(2*pi*alpha*v*r)t clp(gamma=cl=0) clp(gamma)/cl (gamma=0) cnp/theta cyp/gamma cyp/cl (cl=0) clb/gamma (cmo/theta)w (cmo/theta)h (epsoln)eff d(epsoln)/d(alpha) eff drag divergence mach number

alpha, mach, alt alpha, mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt alpha, mach, and alt alpha, mach, alt mach, alt index, mach, alt index, mach, alt mach, alt.
Four Mach numbers for the zero lift drag. Four zero lift drags.
(clb/cl)mfb, where **** is either wb (wing-body) or bht
(body-horizontal tail).
cnam14_**** (cna)m=1.4, where **** is either wb (wing-body) or bht mach,alt
(body-horizontal tail).
4-120
datcomimport
area_*_**
Matrix of... Areas, where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard). Taper ratios, where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard). Aspect ratios, where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard).

mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true)
taperratio_*_**
aspectratio_*_**
4-121
datcomimport
qcsweep_*_**
Matrix of... Quarter chord sweeps, where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard). Mean aerodynamic chords, where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard). Quarter chord x(mac), where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard).

mac_*_**
qcmac_*_**
4-122
datcomimport
ymac_*_**
Matrix of...
y(mac), where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard).

cd0_*_**
Zero lift drags, where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard). Friction coefficients, where * is either w (wing), ht (horizontal tail), vt (vertical tail), or vf (ventral fin) and ** is either tt (total theoretical), ti (theoretical inboard), te (total exposed), ei (exposed inboard), or o (outboard).
cla-b(***), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). cla-***(b), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer).
friccoeff_*_**
cla_b_***
mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true)
cla_***_b
4-123
datcomimport
k_b_***
Matrix of...
k-b(***), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). k-***(b), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). xac/c-b(***), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). cdl/cl^2, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). clb/cl, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer).

mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt, number of runs (normally 1, 2 for hypers = true) mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt
k_***_b
xacc_b_***
cdlcl2_*** clbcl_*** fmach0_***
Force break Mach numbers with zero sweep, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). Force break Mach numbers with sweep, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer).
mach(a), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). mach(b), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). cla(a), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). cla(b), where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer).
fmach_***
mach, alt
macha_*** machb_*** claa_*** clab_***
mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt mach, alt
4-124
datcomimport
clbm06_*** clbm14_*** clalpmach_***
Matrix of...
(clb/cl)m=0.6, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). (clb/cl)m=1.4, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer).

mach, alt mach, alt index, mach, alt
Five Mach numbers for the lift curve slope, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer). Five lift-curve slope values, where *** is either w (wing) or ht (stabilizer).
clalp_***
index, mach, alt
Fields for 1999 Version (File Type 6)

Common Fields for the 1999 Version (File Type 6) Field
case
Description String containing the case ID.
Default
[]
mach alt alpha nmach nalt nalpha rnnub
Array of Mach numbers. Array of altitudes. Array of angles of attack. Number of Mach numbers. Number of altitudes. Number of angles of attack. Array of Reynolds numbers.
[] [] [] 0 1 0 []
4-125
datcomimport
beta phi loop
Description Scalar containing sideslip angle. Scalar containing aerodynamic roll angle. Scalar denoting the type of looping performed to generate the DATCOM file. When loop is 1, mach and alt are varied together. The only loop option for the 1999 version of DATCOM is loop is equal to 1. Scalar denoting the reference area for the case. Scalar denoting the longitudinal reference length. Scalar denoting the lateral reference length. String denoting the specified system of units for the case. String denoting the specified angle units for the case. Logical denoting whether the input values for this case are used in the next case. Scalar denoting the type of asymmetric flap for the case. Logical denoting the reading of trim data for the case. When trim runs are read, this value is set to true.
Default
0 0 1
sref cbar blref dim deriv save stype trim
[] [] [] 'ft' 'deg' false [] false
4-126
datcomimport
damp
Description Logical denoting the reading of dynamic derivative data for the case. When dynamic derivative runs are read, this value is set to true. Scalar denoting the reading of build data for the case. When build runs are read, this value is set to the number of build runs depending on the vehicle configuration. Logical denoting the reading of partial data for the case. When partial runs are written for each Mach number, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of hypersonic data for the case. When hypersonic data is read, this value is set to true. Scalar denoting the number of ground altitudes. Logical denoting the calculation of the lateral-direction derivatives is inhibited.
Default
false
build
part
false
hypeff
false
ngh nolat
0 false
4-127
datcomimport
config
Description Structure of logicals and structures detailing the case configuration and fin deflections.
Default
config.body = false config.fin1.avail = false; config.fin1.npanel = []; config.fin1.delta = []; config.fin2.avail = false; config.fin2.npanel = []; config.fin2.delta = []; config.fin3.avail = false; config.fin3.npanel = []; config.fin3.delta = []; config.fin4.avail = false; config.fin4.npanel = []; config.fin4.delta = []; 1999
version
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 1999 Version (File Type 6) Field
cd cl cm
Matrix of... Drag coefficients, which are defined positive for an aft-acting load. Lift coefficients, which are defined positive for an up-acting load. Pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation. Normal-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +Z direction.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, machalt, build
cn
alpha, mach, alt, build
4-128
datcomimport
ca xcp
Matrix of... Axial-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +X direction. Distances between moment reference center and the center of pressure divided by the longitudinal reference length. These distances are defined positive for a location forward of the center of gravity. Derivatives of normal-force coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of pitching-moment coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of side-force coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Derivatives of yawing-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Derivatives of rolling-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Ratios of lift coefficient to drag coefficient. Side-force coefficients. Yawing-moment coefficient in body-axis. Rolling-moment coefficient in body-axis.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
cna cma cyb cnb clb clod cy cln cll
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
4-129
datcomimport
Dynamic Derivative Fields for the 1999 Version (File Type 6) Field
cnq cmq caq cnad cmad clp cyp cnp cnr clr cyr
Matrix of... Normal-force derivatives due to pitch rate. Pitching-moment derivatives due to pitch rate. Axial-force derivatives due to pitch rate. Normal-force derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Pitching-moment derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Rolling-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Lateral force derivatives due to roll rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to yaw rate. Rolling-moment derivatives due to yaw rate. Side force derivatives due to yaw rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
4-130
datcomimport
Fields for 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6)

Common Fields for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6) Field
case
Description String containing the case ID.
Default
[]
mach
Array of Mach numbers.
[]
alt alpha nmach nalt nalpha rnnub beta phi loop
Array of altitudes. Array of angles of attack. Number of Mach numbers. Number of altitudes. Number of angles of attack. Array of Reynolds numbers. Scalar containing sideslip angle. Scalar containing aerodynamic roll angle. Scalar denoting the type of looping performed to generate the DATCOM file. When loop is 1, mach and alt are varied together. The only loop option for the 2007 version of DATCOM is loop is equal to 1. Scalar denoting the reference area for the case. Scalar denoting the longitudinal reference length.
[] [] 0 1 0 [] 0 0 1
sref cbar
[] []
4-131
datcomimport
Common Fields for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
blref dim deriv save
Description Scalar denoting the lateral reference length. String denoting the specified system of units for the case. String denoting the specified angle units for the case. Logical denoting whether the input values for this case are used in the next case. Scalar denoting the type of asymmetric flap for the case. Logical denoting the reading of trim data for the case. When trim runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of dynamic derivative data for the case. When dynamic derivative runs are read, this value is set to true. Scalar denoting the reading of build data for the case. When build runs are read, this value is set to the number of build runs depending on the vehicle configuration. Logical denoting the reading of partial data for the case. When partial runs are written for each Mach number, this value is set to true.
Default
[] 'ft' 'deg' false
stype trim
[] false
damp
false
build
part
false
4-132
datcomimport
Common Fields for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
hypeff
Description Logical denoting the reading of hypersonic data for the case. When hypersonic data is read, this value is set to true. Scalar denoting the number of ground altitudes. Logical denoting the calculation of the lateral-direction derivatives is inhibited. Structure of logicals and structures detailing the case configuration and fin deflections.
Default
false
ngh nolat
0 false
config
config.body = false; config.fin1.avail = false; config.fin1.npanel = []; config.fin1.delta = []; config.fin2.avail = false; config.fin2.npanel = []; config.fin2.delta = []; config.fin3.avail = false; config.fin3.npanel = []; config.fin3.delta = []; config.fin4.avail = false; config.fin4.npanel = []; config.fin4.delta = []; false
nolat_namelist version
Logical denoting the calculation of the lateral-direction derivatives is inhibited in the DATCOM input case. Version of DATCOM file.
2007
4-133
datcomimport
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6) Field
cd cl cm
Matrix of... Drag coefficients, which are defined positive for an aft-acting load. Lift coefficients, which are defined positive for an up-acting load. Pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation. Normal-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +Z direction. Axial-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +X direction. Distances between moment reference center and the center of pressure divided by the longitudinal reference length. These distances are defined positive for a location forward of the center of gravity. Derivatives of normal-force coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of pitching-moment coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of side-force coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Derivatives of yawing-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Derivatives of rolling-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Ratios of lift coefficient to drag coefficient.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, machalt, build
cn
alpha, mach, alt, build
ca xcp
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
cna cma cyb cnb clb clod
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
4-134
datcomimport
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6) (Continued) Field
cy cln cll
Matrix of... Side-force coefficients. Yawing-moment coefficient in body-axis. Rolling-moment coefficient in body-axis.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
Dynamic Derivative Fields for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 6) Field
cnq cmq caq cnad cmad clp cyp cnp cnr clr cyr
Matrix of... Normal-force derivatives due to pitch rate. Pitching-moment derivatives due to pitch rate. Axial-force derivatives due to pitch rate. Normal-force derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Pitching-moment derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Rolling-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Lateral-force derivatives due to roll rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to yaw rate. Rolling-moment derivatives due to yaw rate Side-force derivatives due to yaw rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
Fields for 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 21)
For 2008 and 2011, the version is 2008. There are no discernible differences in the outputs of these versions.
4-135
datcomimport
Common Fields for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 21) Field
mach alt alpha nalpha beta total_col
Description Array of Mach numbers. Array of altitudes. Array of angles of attack. Number of angles of attack. Scalar containing sideslip angle. Scalar denoting the type of looping performed to generate the DATCOM file. When loop is 1, mach and alt are varied together. The only loop option for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 versions of DATCOM is loop equal to 1. Logical denoting the calculation of the lateral-direction derivatives is inhibited. Structure of logicals and structures detailing the case configuration and fin deflections.
Default
[] [] [] 0 0 []
deriv_col
config
config.fin1.delta config.fin2.delta config.fin3.delta config.fin4.delta
= = = =
zeros(1,8); zeros(1,8); zeros(1,8); zeros(1,8);
version
2007
4-136
datcomimport
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 21) Field
cn
Matrix of... Normal-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +Z direction.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta
cm
Pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation.
ca
Axial-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +X direction.
cy
Side-force coefficients.
cln
Yawing-moment coefficient in body-axis.
cll
Rolling-moment coefficient in body-axis.
4-137
datcomimport
Dynamic Derivative Fields for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 21) Field
cnad
Matrix of... Normal-force derivatives due to rate of angle of attack.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta
cmad
Pitching-moment derivatives due to rate of angle of attack.
cnq
Normal-force derivatives due to pitch rate.
cmq
Pitching-moment derivatives due to pitch rate.
caq
Axial-force derivatives due to pitch rate.
cyq
Side-force due to pitch rate.
4-138
datcomimport
Dynamic Derivative Fields for the 2007, 2008, and 2011 Versions (File Type 21) (Continued) Field
clnq
Matrix of... Yawing-moment due to pitch rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta
cllq
Rolling-moment due to pitch rate.
cnp
Yawing-moment derivatives due to roll rate.
cap
Axial-force due to roll rate.
cyp
Lateral-force derivatives due to roll rate.
4-139
datcomimport
clnp
Matrix of... Yawing-moment due to roll rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta
cllp
Rolling-moment due to roll rate.
cnr
Yawing-moment derivatives due to yaw rate.
car
Axial-force due to yaw rate.
cyr
Side-force derivatives due to yaw rate.
4-140
datcomimport
clnr
Matrix of... Yawing-moment due to yaw rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta alpha, mach, alt, beta, config.fin1.delta, config.fin2.delta, config.fin3.delta, config.fin4.delta
cllr
Rolling-moment due to yaw rate.
Fields for 2008 and 2011 Version (File Type 42)

Fields for the 2008 and 2011 Version (File Type 42) Field
case totalCol mach alt alpha nmach nalpha rnnub q
Description String containing the case ID. Scalar containing number of columns of data in file. Array of Mach numbers. Array of altitudes. Array of angles of attack. Number of Mach numbers. Number of angles of attack. Array of Reynolds numbers. Dynamic pressure.
Default
[] [] [] [] [] 0 0 [] []
4-141
datcomimport
Fields for the 2008 and 2011 Version (File Type 42) (Continued) Field
beta phi sref cbar blref xcg xmrp deriv trim
Description Scalar containing sideslip angle. Scalar containing aerodynamic roll angle. Scalar denoting the reference area for the case. Scalar denoting the longitudinal reference length. Scalar denoting the lateral reference length. Distance from nose to center of gravity. Distance from nose to center of gravity, measured in calibers. String denoting the specified angle units for the case. Logical denoting the reading of trim data for the case. When trim runs are read, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the reading of dynamic derivative data for the case. When dynamic derivative runs are read, this value is set to true. Scalar denoting the reading of partial data for the case. This value is set to the number of partial runs depending on the vehicle configuration.
Default
0 0 [] [] [] [] [] 'deg' false
damp
false
build
4-142
datcomimport
Fields for the 2008 and 2011 Version (File Type 42) (Continued) Field
part
Description Logical denoting the reading of partial data for the case. When partial runs are written for each Mach number, this value is set to true. Logical denoting the calculation of the lateral-direction derivatives is inhibited. Structure of logicals and structures detailing the case configuration and fin deflections.
Default
false
nolat
true
config
config.body = false; config.fin1.avail = false; config.fin1.npanel = []; config.fin1.delta = []; config.fin2.avail = false; config.fin2.npanel = []; config.fin2.delta = []; config.fin3.avail = false; config.fin3.npanel = []; config.fin3.delta = []; config.fin4.avail = false; config.fin4.npanel = []; 2008
version
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 2008 and 2011 Versions (File Type 42) Field
delta cd
Matrix of... Trim deflection angles. Drag coefficients, which are defined positive for an aft-acting load.
Function of...
alpha, mach alpha, mach, build
4-143
datcomimport
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 2008 and 2011 Versions (File Type 42) (Continued) Field
cl cm
Matrix of... Lift coefficients, which are defined positive for an up-acting load. Pitching-moment coefficients, which are defined positive for a nose-up rotation. Normal-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +Z direction. Axial-force coefficients, which are defined positive for a normal force in the +X direction. drag included.
Function of...
alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build
cn
alpha, mach, build
ca
alpha, mach, build
caZeroBase Axial-force coefficient with no base caFullBase Axial-force coefficient with full base
alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build
drag included.
xcp cna cma cyb cnb
Distance from nose to center of pressure. Derivatives of normal-force coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of pitching-moment coefficients with respect to alpha. Derivatives of side-force coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Derivatives of yawing-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle.
4-144
datcomimport
Static Longitude and Lateral Stability Fields Available for the 2008 and 2011 Versions (File Type 42) (Continued) Field
clb
Matrix of... Derivatives of rolling-moment coefficients with respect to sideslip angle. Ratios of lift coefficient to drag coefficient. Side-force coefficient. Yawing-moment coefficient. Rolling-moment coefficient.
Function of...
alpha, mach, build
clod cy cln cll
alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build alpha, mach, build
Dynamic Derivative Fields for the 2008 and 2011 Version (File Type 42) Field
cnq cmq caq cnad cmad cyq clnq cllq
Matrix of... Normal-force derivatives due to pitch rate. Pitching-moment derivatives due to pitch rate. Axial-force derivatives due to pitch rate. Normal-force derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Pitching-moment derivatives due to rate of angle of attack. Lateral-force derivatives due to pitch rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to pitch rate. Rolling-moment derivatives due to pitch rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
4-145
datcomimport
Dynamic Derivative Fields for the 2008 and 2011 Version (File Type 42) (Continued) Field
cyr clnr cllr cyp clnp cllp cnp cmp cap cnr cmr car
Matrix of... Side-force derivatives due to yaw rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to yaw rate. Rolling-moment derivatives due to yaw rate. Lateral-force derivatives due to roll rate. Yawing-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Rolling-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Normal-force derivatives due to roll rate. Pitching-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Axial-force derivatives due to roll rate. Normal-force derivatives due to yaw rate. Pitching-moment derivatives due to roll rate. Axial-force derivatives due to yaw rate.
Function of...
alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build alpha, mach, alt, build
Examples
Read the 1976 version Digital DATCOM output file astdatcom.out:

aero = datcomimport('astdatcom.out')
Read the 1976 Digital DATCOM output file astdatcom.out using zeros to replace data points where no DATCOM methods exist and displaying status information in the MATLAB Command Window:
usenan = false; aero = datcomimport('astdatcom.out', usenan, 1 )
4-146
datcomimport
Assumptions and Limitations
The operational limitations of the 1976 version DATCOM apply to the data contained in AERO. For more information on DATCOM limitations, see [1], section 2.4.5. USAF Digital DATCOM data for wing section, horizontal tail section, vertical tail section, and ventral fin section are not read.
References
1. AFFDL-TR-79-3032: The USAF Stability and Control DATCOM, Volume 1, Users Manual 2. AFRL-VA-WP-TR-1998-3009: MISSILE DATCOM, Users Manual 1997 FORTRAN 90 Revision 3. AFRL-RB-WP-TR-2009-3015: MISSILE DATCOM, Users Manual 2008 Revision 4. AFRL-RB-WP-TR-2011-3071: MISSILE DATCOM, Users Manual 2011 Revision
4-147
dcm2alphabeta
Convert direction cosine matrix to angle of attack and sideslip angle

[a b] = dcm2alphabeta(n) [a b] = dcm2alphabeta(n) calculates the angle of attack and sideslip angle, a and b, for a given direction cosine matrix, n. n is a 3-by-3-by-m matrix containing m orthogonal direction cosine matrices. a is an m array of angles of attack. b is an m array of sideslip angles. n performs the coordinate transformation of a vector in body-axes into a vector in wind-axes. Angles of attack and sideslip angles are output in radians.
Examples
Determine the angle of attack and sideslip angle from direction cosine matrix:
dcm = [ 0.8926 0.1736 0.4162; ... -0.1574 0.9848 -0.0734; ... -0.4226 0 0.9063]; [alpha beta] = dcm2alphabeta(dcm) alpha = 0.4363
beta = 0.1745
Determine the angle of attack and sideslip angle from multiple direction cosine matrices:
dcm = [ 0.8926 0.1736 0.4162; ... -0.1574 0.9848 -0.0734; ... -0.4226 0 0.9063]; dcm(:,:,2) = [ 0.9811 0.0872 0.1730; ... -0.0859 0.9962 -0.0151; ... -0.1736 0 0.9848];
4-148
dcm2alphabeta
[alpha beta] = dcm2alphabeta(dcm)
alpha = 0.4363 0.1745
beta = 0.1745 0.0873
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2angle | dcmbody2wind
4-149
dcm2angle
Purpose Syntax
Create rotation angles from direction cosine matrix

[r1 r2 r3] = dcm2angle(n) [r1 r2 r3] = dcm2angle(n, s) [r1 r2 r3] = dcm2angle(n, s, lim) [r1 r2 r3] = dcm2angle(n) calculates the set of rotation angles, r1, r2, r3, for a given direction cosine matrix, n. n is a 3-by-3-by-m matrix containing m direction cosine matrices. r1 returns an m array of first rotation angles. r2 returns an m array of second rotation angles. r3 returns an m array of third rotation angles. Rotation angles are output
Description
in radians.
[r1 r2 r3] = dcm2angle(n, s) calculates the set of rotation angles, r1, r2, r3, for a given direction cosine matrix, n, and a specified rotation sequence, s.
The default rotation sequence is 'ZYX', where r1 is z-axis rotation, r2 is y-axis rotation, and r3 is x-axis rotation. Supported rotation sequence strings are 'ZYX', 'ZYZ', 'ZXY', 'ZXZ', 'YXZ', 'YXY', 'YZX', 'YZY', 'XYZ', 'XYX', 'XZY', and 'XZX'.
[r1 r2 r3] = dcm2angle(n, s, lim) calculates the set of rotation angles, r1, r2, r3, for a given direction cosine matrix, n, a specified rotation sequence, s, and a specified angle constraint, lim. lim is a string specifying either 'Default' or 'ZeroR3'. See Assumptions and
Limitations on page 4-151 for full definitions of angle constraints.
Examples
Determine the rotation angles from direction cosine matrix:

dcm = [1 0 0; 0 1 0; 0 0 1]; [yaw, pitch, roll] = dcm2angle( dcm ) yaw = 0 pitch =
4-150
dcm2angle
0 roll = 0
Determine the rotation angles from multiple direction cosine matrices:

dcm = [ 1 0 0; 0 1 0; 0 0 1]; 0.47703040785184 0.87319830445628 -0.09983341664683 -0.21361840626067; ... 0.22537893734811; ... 0.95056378592206]; -0.43212157513194 0.29404383655186
dcm(:,:,2) = [ 0.85253103550038
[pitch, roll, yaw] = dcm2angle( dcm, 'YXZ' ) pitch = 0 0.3000 roll = 0 0.1000 yaw = 0 0.5000
The 'Default' limitations for the 'ZYX', 'ZXY', 'YXZ', 'YZX', 'XYZ', and 'XZY' implementations generate an r2 angle that lies between 90 degrees, and r1 and r3 angles that lie between 180 degrees. The 'Default' limitations for the 'ZYZ', 'ZXZ', 'YXY', 'YZY', 'XYX', and 'XZX' implementations generate an r2 angle that lies between 0 and 180 degrees, and r1 and r3 angles that lie between 180 degrees.
4-151
dcm2angle
The 'ZeroR3' limitations for the 'ZYX', 'ZXY', 'YXZ', 'YZX', 'XYZ', and 'XZY' implementations generate an r2 angle that lies between 90 degrees, and r1 and r3 angles that lie between 180 degrees. However, when r2 is 90 degrees, r3 is set to 0 degrees. The 'ZeroR3' limitations for the 'ZYZ', 'ZXZ', 'YXY', 'YZY', 'XYX', and 'XZX' implementations generate an r2 angle that lies between 0 and 180 degrees, and r1 and r3 angles that lie between 180 degrees. However, when r2 is 0 or 180 degrees, r3 is set to 0 degrees.
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2quat | quat2dcm | quat2angle
4-152
dcm2latlon
Convert direction cosine matrix to geodetic latitude and longitude

[lat lon] = dcm2latlon(n) [lat lon] = dcm2latlon(n) calculates the geodetic latitude and longitude, lat and lon, for a given direction cosine matrix, n. n is a 3-by-3-by-m matrix containing m orthogonal direction cosine matrices. lat is an m array of geodetic latitudes. lon is an m array of longitudes. n
performs the coordinate transformation of a vector in Earth-centered Earth-fixed (ECEF) axes into a vector in north-east-down (NED) axes. Geodetic latitudes and longitudes are output in degrees.
Examples
Determine the geodetic latitude and longitude from direction cosine matrix:
dcm = [ 0.3747 0.5997 0.7071; ... 0.8480 -0.5299 0; ... 0.3747 0.5997 -0.7071]; [lat lon] = dcm2latlon(dcm) lat = 44.9995
lon = -122.0005
Determine the geodetic latitude and longitude from multiple direction cosine matrices:
dcm = [ 0.3747 0.5997 0.7071; ... 0.8480 -0.5299 0; ... 0.3747 0.5997 -0.7071]; dcm(:,:,2) = [-0.0531 0.6064 0.7934; ... 0.9962 0.0872 0; ...
4-153
dcm2latlon
-0.0691 0.7903 [lat lon] = dcm2latlon(dcm)
-0.6088];
lat = 44.9995 37.5028
lon = -122.0005 -84.9975
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2angle | dcmecef2ned
4-154
dcm2quat
Convert direction cosine matrix to quaternion

q = dcm2quat(n) q = dcm2quat(n) calculates the quaternion, q, for a given direction cosine matrix, n. Input n is a 3-by-3-by-m matrix of orthogonal direction cosine matrices. The direction cosine matrix performs the coordinate transformation of a vector in inertial axes to a vector in body axes. q returns an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. q has its scalar number as the first column.
Examples
Determine the quaternion from direction cosine matrix:

dcm = [0 1 0; 1 0 0; 0 0 1]; q = dcm2quat(dcm) q = 0.7071 0 0 0
Determine the quaternions from multiple direction cosine matrices:

dcm = [ 0 1 0; 1 0 0; 0 0 1]; dcm(:,:,2) = [ 0.4330 0.2500 -0.8660; ... 0.1768 0.9186 0.3536; ... 0.8839 -0.3062 0.3536]; q = dcm2quat(dcm) q = 0.7071 0.8224 0 0.2006 0 0.5320 0 0.0223
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2angle | angle2quat | quat2dcm | quat2angle
4-155
dcmbody2wind
Convert angle of attack and sideslip angle to direction cosine matrix

n = dcmbody2wind(a, b) n = dcmbody2wind(a, b) calculates the direction cosine matrix, n, for given angle of attack and sideslip angle, a, b. a is an m array of angles of attack. b is an m array of sideslip angles. n returns a 3-by-3-by-m matrix containing m direction cosine matrices. n performs the coordinate
transformation of a vector in body-axes into a vector in wind-axes. Angles of attack and sideslip angles are input in radians.
Examples
Determine the direction cosine matrix from angle of attack and sideslip angle:
alpha = 0.4363; beta = 0.1745; dcm = dcmbody2wind(alpha, beta) dcm = 0.8926 -0.1574 -0.4226 0.1736 0.9848 0 0.4162 -0.0734 0.9063
Determine the direction cosine matrix from multiple angles of attack and sideslip angles:
alpha = [0.4363 0.1745]; beta = [0.1745 0.0873]; dcm = dcmbody2wind(alpha, beta) dcm(:,:,1) = 0.8926 -0.1574 -0.4226 0.1736 0.9848 0 0.4162 -0.0734 0.9063
4-156
dcmbody2wind
dcm(:,:,2) = 0.9811 -0.0859 -0.1736 0.0872 0.9962 0 0.1730 -0.0151 0.9848
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2alphabeta | dcm2angle
4-157
dcmecef2ned
Convert geodetic latitude and longitude to direction cosine matrix

n = dcmecef2ned(lat, lon) n = dcmecef2ned(lat, lon) calculates the direction cosine matrix, n, for a given set of geodetic latitude and longitude, lat, lon. lat is an m array of geodetic latitudes. lon is an m array of longitudes. n returns a 3-by-3-by-m matrix containing m direction cosine matrices. n performs
the coordinate transformation of a vector in Earth-centered Earth-fixed (ECEF) axes into a vector in north-east-down (NED) axes. Geodetic latitudes and longitudes are input in degrees.
Examples
Determine the direction cosine matrix from geodetic latitude and longitude:
lat = 45; lon = -122; dcm = dcmecef2ned(lat, lon) dcm = 0.3747 0.8480 0.3747 0.5997 -0.5299 0.5997 0.7071 0 -0.7071
Determine the direction cosine matrix from multiple geodetic latitudes and longitudes:
lat = [45 37.5]; lon = [-122 -85]; dcm = dcmecef2ned(lat, lon) dcm(:,:,1) = 0.3747 0.8480 0.3747 0.5997 -0.5299 0.5997 0.7071 0 -0.7071
4-158
dcmecef2ned
dcm(:,:,2) = -0.0531 0.9962 -0.0691 0.6064 0.0872 0.7903 0.7934 0 -0.6088
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2angle | dcm2latlon
4-159
decyear
Purpose Syntax
Calculate decimal year

dy dy dy dy dy dy = = = = = = decyear(v) decyear(s,f) decyear(y,mo,d) decyear([y,mo,d]) decyear(y,mo,d,h,mi,s) decyear([y,mo,d,h,mi,s])
Description
dy = decyear(v) converts one or more date vectors, v, into decimal year, dy. Input v can be an m-by-6 or m-by-3 matrix containing m full or partial date vectors, respectively. decyear returns a column vector of m decimal years.
A date vector contains six elements, specifying year, month, day, hour, minute, and second. A partial date vector has three elements, specifying year, month, and day. Each element of v must be a positive double-precision number.
dy = decyear(s,f) converts one or more date strings, s, to decimal year, dy, using format string f. s can be a character array where each row corresponds to one date string, or a one-dimensional cell array of strings. decyear returns a column vector of m decimal years, where m is the number of strings in s.
All of the date strings in s must have the same format f, which must be composed of date format symbols listed in the datestr function reference page. Formats containing the letter Q are not accepted by decyear. Certain formats may not contain enough information to compute a date number. In those cases, hours, minutes, and seconds default to 0, days default to 1, months default to January, and years default to the current year. Date strings with two-character years are interpreted to be within the 100 years centered around the current year.
dy = decyear(y,mo,d) and dy = decyear([y,mo,d]) return the decimal year for corresponding elements of the y,mo,d (year,month,day)
4-160
decyear
arrays. y, mo, and d must be arrays of the same size (or any of them can be a scalar).
dy = decyear(y,mo,d,h,mi,s) and dy = decyear([y,mo,d,h,mi,s])
return the decimal year for corresponding elements of the y,mo,d,h,mi,s (year,month,day,hour,minute,second) arrays. The six arguments must be arrays of the same size (or any of them can be a scalar).
Examples
Calculate decimal year for May 24, 2005:

dy = decyear('24-May-2005','dd-mmm-yyyy') dy = 2.0054e+003
Calculate decimal year for December 19, 2006:

dy = decyear(2006,12,19) dy = 2.0070e+003
Calculate decimal year for October 10, 2004, at 12:21:00 p.m.:

dy = decyear(2004,10,10,12,21,0) dy = 2.0048e+003
Assumptions and Limitations See Also
The calculation of decimal year does not take into account leap seconds.
juliandate | leapyear | mjuliandate
4-161
Aero.Animation.delete
Destroy animation object

delete(h) h.delete delete(h) and h.delete destroy the animation object h. This function also destroys the animation object figure, and any objects that the animation object contained (for example, bodies, camera, and geometry).
Input Arguments Examples
Animation object.
Delete the animation object, h.

h=Aero.Animation; h.delete;
4-162
delete (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Destroy FlightGear animation object

delete(h) h.delete delete(h) and h.delete destroy the FlightGear animation object h. This function also destroys the animation object timer, and closes the socket that the FlightGear animation animation object contains.
Examples
Delete the FlightGear animation object, h.

h=Aero.FlightGearAnimation; h.delete;
See Also
initialize
4-163
delete (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Destroy virtual reality animation object

delete(h) h.delete delete(h) and h.delete destroy the virtual reality animation object h. This function also destroys the temporary file, if it exists, cleans up
the vrfigure object, the animation object timer, and closes the vrworld object.
Examples
Delete the virtual reality animation object, h.

h=Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.delete;
See Also
initialize
4-164
dpressure
Compute dynamic pressure using velocity and density

q = dpressure(v, r) q = dpressure(v, r) computes m dynamic pressures, q, from an m-by-3 array of velocities, v, and an array of m densities, r. v and r must have
the same length units.
Examples
Determine dynamic pressure for velocity in feet per second and density in slugs per feet cubed:
q = dpressure([84.3905 33.7562 10.1269], 0.0024)
q = 10.0365
Determine dynamic pressure for velocity in meters per second and density in kilograms per meters cubed:
q = dpressure([25.7222 10.2889 3.0867], [1.225 0.3639])
q = 475.9252 141.3789
Determine dynamic pressure for velocity in meters per second and density in kilograms per meters cubed:
q = dpressure([50 20 6; 5 0.5 2], [1.225 0.3639])
q =
4-165
dpressure
1.0e+003 * 1.7983 0.0053
See Also
airspeed | machnumber
4-166
ecef2lla
Purpose Syntax
Convert Earth-centered Earth-fixed (ECEF) coordinates to geodetic coordinates

lla = ecef2lla(p) lla = ecef2lla(p, model) lla = ecef2lla(p, f, Re) lla = ecef2lla(p) converts the m-by-3 array of ECEF coordinates, p, to an m-by-3 array of geodetic coordinates (latitude, longitude and altitude), lla. lla is in [degrees degrees meters]. p is in meters. The
Description
default ellipsoid planet is WGS84.

lla = ecef2lla(p, model) is an alternate method for converting the coordinates for a specific ellipsoid planet. Currently only 'WGS84' is supported for model. lla = ecef2lla(p, f, Re) is another alternate method for converting the coordinates for a custom ellipsoid planet defined by flattening, f, and the equatorial radius, Re, in meters.
Examples
Determine latitude, longitude, and altitude at a coordinate:

lla = ecef2lla([4510731 4510731 0])
lla = 0 45.0000 999.9564
Determine latitude, longitude, and altitude at multiple coordinates, specifying WGS84 ellipsoid model:
lla = ecef2lla([4510731 4510731 0; 0 4507609 4498719], 'WGS84')
lla = 0 45.0000 999.9564
4-167
ecef2lla
45.1358
90.0000
999.8659
Determine latitude, longitude, and altitude at multiple coordinates, specifying custom ellipsoid model:
f = 1/196.877360; Re = 3397000; lla = ecef2lla([4510731 4510731 0; 0 4507609 4498719], f, Re)
lla = 1.0e+006 * 0 0.0000 0.0000 0.0001 2.9821 2.9801
See Also
geoc2geod | geod2geoc | lla2ecef
4-168
fganimation (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Construct FlightGear animation object

h = fganimation h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation h = fganimation and h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation construct a FlightGear animation object. The FlightGear animation object is returned to h.
Examples
Construct a FlightGear animation object, h:

h = fganimation
See Also
4-169
findstartstoptimes (Aero.Body)
Return start and stop times of time series data

[tstart,tstop] = findstartstoptimes(h,tsdata) [tstart,stop] = h.findstartstoptimes(tsdata) [tstart,tstop] = findstartstoptimes(h,tsdata) and [tstart,stop] = h.findstartstoptimes(tsdata) return the start and stop times of time series data tsdata for the animation body object h.
Examples
Find the start and stop times of the time series data, tsdata.
b=Aero.Body; b.load('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); tsdata = [ ... 0, 1,1,1, 0,0,0; ... 10 2,2,2, 1,1,1; ]; b.TimeSeriesSource = tsdata; [tstart,tstop] = findstartstoptimes(b,tsdata);
See Also
load
4-170
findstartstoptimes (Aero.Node)
Return start and stop times for time series data

[tstart,tstop] = findstartstoptimes(h,tsdata) [tstart,stop] = h.findstartstoptimes(tsdata) [tstart,tstop] = findstartstoptimes(h,tsdata) and [tstart,stop] = h.findstartstoptimes(tsdata) return the start and stop times of time series data tsdata for the virtual reality animation object h.
Examples
Find the start and stop times of the time series data, takeoffData.
h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); load takeoffData; h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSource = takeoffData; h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSourceType = 'StructureWith Time'; [tstart,stop]=h.Nodes{7}.findstartstoptimes;
4-171
flat2lla
Purpose Syntax
Estimate array of geodetic latitude, longitude, and altitude coordinates from flat Earth position
lla = flat2lla(flatearth_pos, llo, psio, href) lla = flat2lla(flatearth_pos, llo, psio, href, ellipsoidModel) lla = flat2lla(flatearth_pos, llo, psio, href, flattening, equatorialRadius) lla = flat2lla(flatearth_pos, llo, psio, href) estimates an array of geodetic coordinates, lla, from an array of flat Earth coordinates, flatearth_pos. This function estimates the lla value
Description
with respect to a reference location that llo, psio, and href define.
lla = flat2lla(flatearth_pos, llo, psio, href, ellipsoidModel) estimates the coordinates for a specific ellipsoid
planet.
lla = flat2lla(flatearth_pos, llo, psio, href, flattening, equatorialRadius) estimates the coordinates for a custom ellipsoid
planet defined by flattening and equatorialRadius.
Input Arguments
flatearth_pos
Flat Earth position coordinates, in meters.

llo
Reference location, in degrees, of latitude and longitude, for the origin of the estimation and the origin of the flat Earth coordinate system.
psio
Angular direction of flat Earth x-axis (degrees clockwise from north), which is the angle in degrees used for converting flat Earth x and y coordinates to North and East coordinates.
href
4-172
flat2lla
Reference height from the surface of the Earth to the flat Earth frame with regard to the flat Earth frame, in meters.
ellipsoidModel
String that specifies the specific ellipsoid planet model. This function supports only 'WGS84'. Default: WGS84
flattening
Custom ellipsoid planet defined by flattening.

equatorialRadius
Planetary equatorial radius, in meters.
lla m-by-3 array of geodetic coordinates (latitude, longitude, and altitude), in [degrees, degrees, meters].
Estimate latitude, longitude, and altitude at a specified coordinate:

lla = flat2lla( [ 4731 4511 120 ], [0 45], 5, -100) lla = 0.0391 45.0441 -20.0000
Estimate latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes at multiple coordinates, specifying the WGS84 ellipsoid model:
lla = flat2lla( [ 4731 4511 120; 0 5074 4498 ], [0 45], 5, -100, 'WGS84' ) lla =
4-173
flat2lla
1.0e+003 * 0.0000 -0.0000 0.0450 0.0450 -0.0200 -4.3980
Estimate latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes at multiple coordinates, specifying a custom ellipsoid model:
f = 1/196.877360; Re = 3397000; lla = flat2lla( [ 4731 4511 120; 0 5074 4498 ], [0 45], 5, -100, lla = 1.0e+003 * 0.0001 -0.0000 0.0451 0.0451 -0.0200 -4.3980 f, Re )
Algorithms
The estimation begins by transforming the flat Earth x and y coordinates to North and East coordinates. The transformation has the form of
N cos E = sin
sin px cos py
where ( ) is the angle in degrees clockwise between the x-axis and north. To convert the North and East coordinates to geodetic latitude and longitude, the estimation uses the radius of curvature in the prime vertical (RN) and the radius of curvature in the meridian (RM). (RN) and (RM) are defined by the following relationships:
4-174
flat2lla
RN =
R 1 (2 f f 2 ) sin 2 0 1 (2 f f 2 ) 1 (2 f f 2 ) sin 2 0
RM = RN
where (R) is the equatorial radius of the planet and f of the planet.
( ) is the flattening
Small changes in the latitude and longitude are approximated from small changes in the North and East positions by
1 d = atan dN RM 1 d = atan dE RN cos

The output latitude and longitude are the initial latitude and longitude plus the small changes in latitude and longitude.
= 0 + d = 0 + d
The altitude is the negative flat Earth z-axis value minus the reference height (href).
h = pz href
References
Etkin, B., Dynamics of Atmospheric Flight. NewYork: John Wiley & Sons, 1972. Stevens, B. L., and F. L. Lewis, Aircraft Control and Simulation, 2nd ed. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
4-175
flat2lla
See Also
lla2flat
4-176
flowfanno
Fanno line flow relations

[mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, fanno] = flowfanno(gamma, fanno_flow, mtype) [mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, fanno] = flowfanno(gamma, fanno_flow, mtype) returns an array for each Fanno line flow
relation. This function calculates the arrays for a given set of specific heat ratios (gamma), and any one of the Fanno flow types. You select the Fanno flow type with mtype. This function uses Fanno variables given by the following. F is the Fanno parameter given by F = f*L/D. f is the friction coefficient. L is the length of constant area duct required to achieve sonic flow. D is the hydraulic diameter of the duct. This function assumes that variables vary in one dimension only. It also assumes that the main mechanism for the change of flow variables is the change of cross-sectional area of the flow stream tubes. If the temperature experiences large fluctuations, the perfect gas assumption might be invalid. If the stagnation temperature is above 1500 K, do not assume constant specific heats. In this case, the medium ceases to be a calorically perfect gas. Consider it a thermally perfect gas. See 2 for thermally perfect gas correction factors. If the temperature is so high that molecules dissociate and ionize (static temperature 5000 K for air), you cannot assume a perfect gas.
Input Arguments
gamma
Array of N specific heat ratios. gamma must be either a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than 1. gamma must be a real, finite scalar greater than 1 for the following input modes: subsonic total pressure ratio, supersonic total pressure ratio, subsonic Fanno parameter, and supersonic Fanno parameter.
fanno_flow
4-177
flowfanno
Array of real numerical values for one Fanno flow. This argument can be one of the following: Array of Mach numbers. flow_fanno must be a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than or equal to 0. If flow_fanno and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow_fanno with the mtype value 'mach'. Because 'mach' is the default of mtype, mtype is optional when this array is the input mode. Array of temperature ratios. The temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the reference static temperature for sonic flow. This array must be a scalar or array of N real numbers:
Greater than or equal to 0 (as the Mach number approaches infinity) Less than or equal to (gamma+1)/2 (at Mach number equal 0)
Use flow_fanno with mtype value 'temp'. Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the local static pressure over the reference static pressure for sonic flow. flow_fanno must be a scalar or array of real numbers greater than or equal to 0. If flow_fanno and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow_fanno with mtype value 'pres'. Array of density ratios. The density ratio is the local density over the reference density for sonic flow. flow_fanno must be a scalar or array of real numbers. These numbers must be greater than or equal to: sqrt((gamma-1)/(gamma+1)) (as the Mach number approaches infinity). If flow_fanno and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow_fanno with mtype value 'dens'. Array of velocity ratios. The velocity ratio is the local velocity over the reference velocity for sonic flow. flow_fanno must be a scalar or an array of N of real numbers:
Greater than or equal to 0
4-178
flowfanno
Less than or equal to sqrt((gamma+1)/(gamma-1)) (as the Mach number approaches infinity)
If flow_fanno and gamma are both arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow_fanno with mtype value 'velo'. Scalar value of total pressure ratio. The total pressure ratio is the local total pressure over the reference total pressure for sonic flow. flow_fanno must be greater than or equal to 1. Use flow_fanno with mtype values 'totalp' and 'totalpsup'. Scalar value for Fanno parameter. The Fanno parameter is flow_fanno= f*L/D. f is the friction coefficient. L is the length of constant area duct required to achieve sonic flow. D is the hydraulic diameter of the duct. In subsonic mode, flow_fanno must be greater than or equal to 0. In supersonic mode, flow_fanno must be:
Greater than or equal to 0 (at Mach number equal 1) Less than or equal to (gamma+1)/(2*gamma)*log((gamma+1)/(gamma-1))-1/gamma (as Mach number approaches infinity)
Use flow_fanno with mtype values 'fannosub' and 'fannosup'.

mtype
A string that defines the input mode for the type of Fanno flow in fanno_flow. Type
'mach' 'temp' 'pres' 'dens' 'velo'
Description Default Mach number Temperature ratio Pressure ratio Density ratio Velocity ratio
4-179
flowfanno
Type
'totalpsub' 'totalpsup' 'fannosub' 'fannosup'
Description Subsonic total pressure ratio Supersonic total pressure ratio Subsonic Fanno parameter Supersonic Fanno parameter
Output Arguments
All outputs are the same size as the array inputs. If there are no array inputs, all outputs are scalars.
mach

T
Array of temperature ratios. The temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the reference static temperature for sonic flow.
P
Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the local static pressure over the reference static pressure for sonic flow.
rho
Array of density ratio. The density ratio is the local density over the reference density for sonic flow.
velocity
Array of velocity ratios. The velocity ratio is the local velocity over the reference velocity for sonic flow.
P0
Array of stagnation (total) pressure ratio. The total pressure ratio is the local total pressure over the reference total pressure for sonic flow.
4-180
flowfanno
fanno
Array of Fanno parameters. The Fanno parameter is F = f*L/D. f is the friction coefficient. L is the length of constant area duct required to achieve sonic flow. D is the hydraulic diameter of the duct.
Examples
Calculate the Fanno line flow relations for air (gamma = 1.4) for subsonic Fanno parameter 1.2. The following returns scalar values for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, and fanno.
[mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, fanno] = flowfanno(1.4, 1.2, 'fannosub')
Calculate the Fanno line flow relations for gases with specific heat ratios given in the following 1 x 4 row array for the Mach number 0.5. The following yields a 1 x 4 row array for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, and fanno.
gamma = [1.3, 1.33, 1.4, 1.67]; [mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, fanno] = flowfanno(gamma, 0.5)
Calculate the Fanno line flow relations for a specific heat ratio of 1.4 and range of temperature ratios from 0.40 to 0.70 in increments of 0.10. The following returns a 4 x 1 column array for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, and fanno.
[mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, fanno] = flowfanno(1.4, [1.1 1.2], 'temp')
Calculate the Fanno line flow relations for gases with specific heat ratio and velocity ratio combinations as shown. The following returns a 1 x 2 array for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, P0, and fanno each. The elements of each array correspond to the inputs element-wise.
gamma = [1.3, 1.4]; V = [0.53, 0.49];
4-181
flowfanno
[MACH, T, P, RHO, V, P0, F] = flowfanno(gamma, V, 'velo')
References
1. James, J. E. A., Gas Dynamics, Second Edition, Allyn and Bacon, Inc, Boston, 1984. 2. NACA Technical Report 1135, 1953, National Advisory Committee on Aeronautics, Ames Research Staff, Moffett Field, Calif. Pages 667671.
See Also
flowisentropic | flownormalshock | flowprandtlmeyer | flowrayleigh
4-182
flowisentropic
Isentropic flow ratios

[mach, T, P, rho, area] = flowisentropic(gamma, flow, mtype) [mach, T, P, rho, area] = flowisentropic(gamma, flow, mtype) returns an array. This array contains an isentropic flow Mach number (mach), temperature ratio (T), pressure ratio (P), density ratio (rho), and area ratio (area). This function calculates these arrays given a set of specific heat ratios (gamma), and any one of the isentropic flow types. You select the isentropic flow with mtype.
This function assumes that variables vary in one dimension only. It also assumes that the main mechanism for the change of flow variables is the change of cross-sectional area of the flow stream tubes. This function assumes that the environment is a perfect gas. In the following instances, the function cannot assume a perfect gas environment. If there is a large change in either temperature or pressure without a proportionally large change in the other, the function cannot assume a perfect gas environment. . If the stagnation temperature is above 1500 K, do not assume that constant specific heats. In this case, the medium ceases to be a calorically perfect gas. Consider it a thermally perfect gas. See 2 for thermally perfect gas correction factors. If the temperature is so high that molecules dissociate and ionize (static temperature 5000 K for air), you cannot assume a calorically or thermally perfect gas.
Input Arguments
gamma
Array of N specific heat ratios. gamma must be a scalar or array of N real numbers greater than 1. For subsonic area ratio input mode and supersonic area ratio input mode, gamma must be a real, finite scalar greater than 1.
flow
4-183
flowisentropic
Array of real numerical values for one of the isentropic flow relations. This argument can be one of the following: Array of Mach numbers. flow must be a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than or equal to 0. If flow and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow with the mtype value 'mach'. Because 'mach' is the default of mtype, mtype is optional when this array is the input mode. Array of temperature ratios. The temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the stagnation temperature. flow must be a scalar or an array of real numbers:
Greater than or equal to 0 (as the Mach number approaches infinity) Less than or equal to 1 (at Mach number equal 0)
If flow and gamma are both arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow with mtype value 'temp'. Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the local static pressure over the stagnation pressure. flow must be a scalar or an array of real numbers:
If flow and gamma are both arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow with mtype value 'pres'. Array of density ratios. The density ratio is the local density over the stagnation density. flow must be a scalar or an array of real numbers:
4-184
flowisentropic
If flow and gamma are both arrays, they must be the same size. Use flow with mtype value 'dens'. Scalar value of area ratio. flow must be a real value greater than or equal to 1. Use flow with mtype value 'sup'.
mtype
A string that defines the input mode for the isentropic flow in flow. Type
'mach' 'temp' 'pres' 'dens' 'sub'
Description Default. Mach number. Temperature ratio. Pressure ratio. Density ratio. Subsonic area ratio. The subsonic area ratio is the local subsonic stream tube area over the reference stream tube area for sonic conditions. Supersonic area ratio. The supersonic area ratio is the local supersonic stream tube area over the reference stream tube area for sonic conditions.
'sup'
Output Arguments
All outputs are the same size as the array inputs. If there are no array inputs, all outputs are scalars.
mach

T
Array of temperature ratios. The temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the stagnation temperature.
4-185
flowisentropic
Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the local static pressure over the stagnation pressure.
rho
Array of density ratios. The density ratio is the local density over the stagnation density.
area
Array of area ratios. The area ratio is the local stream tube area over the reference stream tube area for sonic conditions.
Examples
Calculate the isentropic flow relations for air (gamma = 1.4) for a design subsonic area ratio of 1.255. This example returns scalar values for mach, T, P, rho, and area.
[mach, T, P, rho, area] = flowisentropic(1.4, 1.255, 'sub')
Calculate the isentropic flow relations for gases with specific heat ratios given in the following 1 x 4 row array for the Mach number 0.5. This example following returns a 1 x 4 row array for mach, T, P, rho, and area.
gamma = [1.3, 1.33, 1.4, 1.67]; [mach, T, P, rho, area] = flowisentropic(gamma, 0.5)
Calculate the isentropic flow relations for a specific heat ratio of 1.4. Also calculate range of temperature ratios from 0.40 to 0.70 in increments of 0.10. This example returns a 4 x 1 column array for mach, T, P, rho, and area.
[mach, T, P, rho, area] = flowisentropic(1.4, (0.40:0.10:0.70)', 'temp')
4-186
flowisentropic
Calculate the isentropic flow relations for gases with provided specific heat ratio and density ratio combinations. This example returns a 1 x 2 array for mach, T, P, rho, and area each. The elements of each vector correspond to the inputs element-wise.
gamma = [1.3, 1.4]; rho = [0.13, 0.9]; [mach, T, P, rho, area] = flowisentropic(gamma, rho , 'dens')
References
See Also
flownormalshock | flowprandtlmeyer | flowfanno | flowrayleigh
4-187
flownormalshock
Purpose Syntax
Normal shock relations

[mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, P1] = flownormalshock(gamma, normal_shock_relations, mtype) [mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, P1] = flownormalshock(gamma, normal_shock_relations, mtype) produces an array for each normal shock relation (normal_shock_relations). This function calculates these arrays for a given set of specific heat ratios (gamma) and any one of the normal shock relations (normal_shock_relations). mtype selects the normal shock relations that normal_shock_relations represents. All ratios
Description
are downstream value over upstream value. Consider upstream to be before or ahead of the shock; downstream is after or behind the shock. This function assumes that the medium is a calorically perfect gas. It assumes that the flow is frictionless and adiabatic. It assumes that the flow variables vary in one dimension only. It assumes that the main mechanism for the change of flow variables is the change of cross-sectional area of the flow stream tubes. If the temperature experiences large fluctuations, the perfect gas assumption might be invalid. If the stagnation temperature is above 1500 K, do not assume constant specific heats. In this case, the medium ceases to be a calorically perfect gas. You must then consider it a thermally perfect gas. See 2 for thermally perfect gas correction factors. If the temperature is so high that molecules dissociate and ionize (static temperature 5000 K for air), you cannot assume a perfect gas.
Input Arguments
gamma
Array of N specific heat ratios. gamma must be either a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than 1. For temperature ratio, total pressure ratio, and Rayleigh-Pitot ratio input modes, gamma must be a real, finite scalar greater than 1.
normal_shock_relations
4-188
flownormalshock
Array of real numerical values for one of the normal shock relations. This argument can be one of the following: Array of upstream Mach numbers. This array must be a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than or equal to 1. If normal_shock_relations and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use normal_shock_relations with mtype value 'mach'. Because 'mach' is the default of mtype, mtype is optional when this array is the input mode. Scalar value of temperature ratio. The temperature ratio is the static temperature downstream of the shock over the static temperature upstream of the shock. normal_shock_relations must be a real scalar greater than or equal to 1. Use normal_shock_relations with mtype value 'temp'. Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the static pressure downstream of the shock over the static pressure upstream of the shock. normal_shock_relations must be a scalar or array of real numbers greater than or equal to 1. If normal_shock_relations and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use normal_shock_relations with mtype value 'pres'. Array of density ratios. The density ratio is the density of the fluid downstream of the shock over the density upstream of the shock. normal_shock_relations must a scalar or array of real numbers be:
Greater than or equal to 1 (at Mach number equal 1) Less than or equal to (gamma+1)/(gamma-1) (as the Mach number approaches infinity)
If normal_shock_relations and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use normal_shock_relations with mtype value 'dens'. Array of downstream Mach numbers. normal_shock_relations must be scalar or array of real numbers:
4-189
flownormalshock
Greater than or equal to 0 (as the Mach number approaches infinity) Less than or equal to sqrt((gamma-1)/(2*gamma)) (at Mach number equal 1)
If normal_shock_relations and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use normal_shock_relations with mtype value 'down'. Scalar value of total pressure ratio. The total pressure ratio is the total pressure downstream of the shock over the total pressure upstream of the shock. normal_shock_relations must be:
If normal_shock_relations and gamma are both arrays, they must be the same size. Use normal_shock_relations with mtype value 'totalp'. Scalar value of Rayleigh-Pitot ratio. The Rayleigh-Pitot ratio is the static pressure upstream of the shock over the total pressure downstream of the shock. normal_shock_relations must be:
Real scalar greater than or equal to 0 (as the Mach number approaches infinity) Less than or equal to ((gamma+1)/2)^(-gamma/(gamma-1)) (at Mach number equal 1)
If normal_shock_relations and gamma are both arrays, they must be the same size. Use normal_shock_relations with mtype value 'pito'.
mtype
A string that defines the input mode for the normal shock relations in normal_shock_relations.
4-190
flownormalshock
Type
'mach' 'temp' 'pres' 'dens' 'velo' 'totalp' 'pito'
Description Default. Mach number. Temperature ratio. Pressure ratio. Density ratio. Velocity ratio. Total pressure ratio. Rayleigh-Pitot ratio.
Output Arguments
mach
Array of upstream Mach numbers.

P
Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the static pressure downstream of the shock over the static pressure upstream of the shock.
T
Array of temperature ratios. The temperature ratio is the static temperature downstream of the shock over the static temperature upstream of the shock.
rho
Array of density ratios. The density ratio is the density of the fluid downstream of the shock over the density upstream of the shock.
downstream_mach
Array of downstream Mach numbers.

P0
4-191
flownormalshock
Array of total pressure ratios. The total pressure ratio is the total pressure downstream of the shock over the total pressure upstream of the shock.
P1
Array of Rayleigh-Pitot ratios. The Rayleigh-Pitot ratio is the static pressure upstream of the shock over the total pressure downstream of the shock.
Examples
Calculate the normal shock relations for air (gamma = 1.4) for total pressure ratio of 0.61. The following returns scalar values for mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, and P1.
[mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, P1] = flownormalshock(1.4, 0.61, 'totalp')
Calculate the normal shock relations for gases with specific heat ratios given in the following 1 x 4 row array for upstream Mach number 1.5. The follow yields a 1 x 4 array for mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, and P1.
gamma = [1.3, 1.33, 1.4, 1.67]; [mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, P1] = flownormalshock(gamma, 1.5)
Calculate the normal shock relations for a specific heat ratio of 1.4 and range of density ratios from 2.40 to 2.70 in increments of 0.10. The following returns a 4 x 1 column array for mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, and P1.
[mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, P1] = flownormalshock(1.4,... (2.4:.1:2.7)', 'dens')
Calculate the normal shock relations for gases with specific heat ratio and downstream Mach number combinations as shown. The following
4-192
flownormalshock
example returns a 1 x 2 array for mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, and P1 each, where the elements of each vector corresponds to the inputs element-wise.
gamma = [1.3, 1.4]; downstream_mach = [.34, .49]; [mach, T, P, rho, downstream_mach, P0, P1] = flownormalshock(gamma,... downstream_mach, 'down')
References
See Also
flowisentropic | flowprandtlmeyer | flowfanno | flowrayleigh
4-193
flowprandtlmeyer
Purpose Syntax
Calculate Prandtl-Meyer functions for expansion waves

[mach, nu, mu] = flowprandtlmeyer(gamma, prandtlmeyer_array, mtype) [mach, nu, mu] = flowprandtlmeyer(gamma, prandtlmeyer_array, mtype) calculates the following: array of Mach numbers, mach, Prandtl-Meyer angles (nu in degrees) and Mach angles (mu in degrees). flowprandtlmeyer calculates these arrays for a given set of specific heat ratios, gamma, and any one of the Prandtl-Meyer types. You select the Prandtl-Meyer type with mtype.
Description
The function assumes that the flow is two-dimensional. The function also assumes a smooth and gradual change in flow properties through the expansion fan. Note, this function assumes that the environment is a perfect gas. In the following instances, it cannot assume a perfect gas environment. If there is a large change in either temperature or pressure without a proportionally large change in the other, it cannot assume a perfect gas environment. If the stagnation temperature is above 1500 K, the function cannot assume constant specific heats. In this case, you must consider it a thermally perfect gas. See 2 for thermally perfect gas correction factors. The local static temperature might be so high that molecules dissociate and ionize (static temperature 5000 K for air). In this case, you cannot assume a calorically or thermally perfect gas.
Input Arguments
gamma
Array of N specific heat ratios. gamma must be a scalar or array of N real numbers greater than 1. For subsonic area ratio input mode and supersonic area ratio input mode, gamma must be a real, finite scalar greater than 1.
prandtlmeyer_array
4-194
flowprandtlmeyer
Array of real numerical values for one of the Prandtl-Meyer types. This argument can be one of the following: Array of Mach numbers. This array must be a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than or equal to 0. If prandtlmeyer_array and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use prandtlmeyer_array with mtype value 'mach'. Note, because 'mach' is the default of mtype, mtype is optional when this array is the input mode. Scalar value for Prandtl-Meyer angle in degrees. This value is the angle change required for a Mach 1 flow to achieve a given Mach number after expansion. prandtlmeyer_array must be:
Real scalar greater than or equal to 0 (at Mach number equal 1) Less than or equal to 90 * (sqrt((gamma+1)/(gamma-1)) - 1) (as the Mach number approaches infinity).
Use prandtlmeyer_array with mtype value 'nu'. Array of Mach angles in degrees. These values are the angles between the flow direction and the lines of pressure disturbance caused by supersonic motion. The Mach angle is a function of Mach number only. prandtlmeyer_array must be a scalar or array of N real numbers that are:
Greater than or equal to 0 (as the Mach number approaches infinity). Less than or equal to 90 (at Mach number equal 1).
Use prandtlmeyer_array with mtype value 'mu'.

mtype
A string for selecting the isentropic flow variable represented by prandtlmeyer_array.
4-195
flowprandtlmeyer
Type
'mach' 'nu' 'mu'
Description Default. Mach number.. Prandtl-Meyer angle Mach angle.
Output Arguments
mach
Array of Mach numbers. In Prandtl-Meyer angle input mode, mach outputs are the same size as the array input or array inputs. If there are no array inputs, mach is a scalar.
nu
Array of Prandtl-Meyer angles. The Prandtl-Meyer angle is the angle change required for a Mach 1 flow to achieve a given Mach number after expansion.
mu
Array of Mach angles. The Mach angle is between the flow direction and the lines of pressure disturbance caused by supersonic motion.
Examples
Calculate the Prandtl-Meyer relations for air (gamma = 1.4) for Prandtl-Meyer angle 61 degrees. The following returns a scalar for mach, nu, and mu.
[mach, nu, mu] = flowprandtlmeyer(1.4, 61, 'nu')
Calculate the Prandtl-Meyer functions for gases with specific heat ratios. The following yields a 1 x 4 array for nu, but only a scalar for mach and mu.
gamma = [1.3, 1.33, 1.4, 1.67]; [mach, nu, mu] = flowprandtlmeyer(gamma, 1.5)
4-196
flowprandtlmeyer
Calculate the Prandtl-Meyer angles for a specific heat ratio of 1.4 and range of Mach angles from 40 degrees to 70 degrees. This example uses increments of 10 degrees. The following returns a 4 x 1 column array for mach, nu, and mu.
[mach, nu, mu] = flowprandtlmeyer(1.4, (40:10:70)', 'mu')
Calculate the Prandtl-Meyer relations for gases with specific heat ratio and Mach number combinations as shown. The following returns a 1 x 2 array for nu and mu each, where the elements of each vector correspond to the inputs element-wise.
gamma = [1.3, 1.4]; prandtlmeyer_array = [1.13, 9]; [mach, nu, mu] = flowprandtlmeyer(gamma,prandtlmeyer_array)
References
See Also
flowisentropic | flownormalshock | flowrayleigh | flowfanno
4-197
flowrayleigh
Rayleigh line flow relations

[mach, T, P, rho, velocity, T0, P0] = flowrayleigh(gamma, rayleigh_flow, mtype) [mach, T, P, rho, velocity, T0, P0] = flowrayleigh(gamma, rayleigh_flow, mtype) returns an array for each Rayleigh line flow
relation. This function calculates these arrays for a given set of specific heat ratios (gamma), and any one of the Rayleigh line flow types. You select the Rayleigh flow type with mtype. This function assumes that the medium is a calorically perfect gas in a constant area duct. It assumes that the flow is steady, frictionless, and one dimensional. It also assumes that the main mechanism for the change of flow variables is heat transfer. This function assumes that the environment is a perfect gas. In the following instances, it cannot assume a perfect gas environment. If there is a large change in either temperature or pressure without a proportionally large change in the other, it cannot assume a perfect gas environment. If the stagnation temperature is above 1500 K, do not assume constant specific heats. In this case, the medium ceases to be a calorically perfect gas; you must then consider it a thermally perfect gas. See 2 for thermally perfect gas correction factors. The local static temperature might be so high that molecules dissociate and ionize (static temperature 5000 K for air). In this case, you cannot assume a calorically or thermally perfect gas.
Input Arguments
gamma
Array of N specific heat ratios. gamma must be either a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than 1. gamma must be a real, finite scalar greater than 1 for the following input modes: low speed temperature ratio, high speed temperature ratio, subsonic total temperature, supersonic total temperature, subsonic total pressure, and supersonic total pressure.
rayleigh_flow
4-198
flowrayleigh
Array of real numerical values for one Rayleigh line flow. This argument can be one of the following: Array of Mach numbers. This array must be a scalar or an array of N real numbers greater than or equal to 0. If rayleigh_flow and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use rayleigh_flow with mtype value 'mach'. Because 'mach' is the default of mtype, mtype is optional when this array is the input mode. Scalar value of temperature ratio. The temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the reference static temperature for sonic flow. rayleigh_flow must be a real scalar:
Greater than or equal to 0 (at the Mach number equal 0 for low speeds or as Mach number approaches infinity for high speeds) Less than or equal to 1/4*(gamma+1/gamma)+1/2 (at mach = 1/sqrt(gamma))
Use rayleigh_flow with mtype values 'templo' and 'temphi'. Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the local static pressure over the reference static pressure for sonic flow. rayleigh_flow must be a scalar or array of real numbers less than or equal to gamma+1 (at the Mach number equal 0). If rayleigh_flow and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use rayleigh_flow with mtype value 'pres'. Array of density ratios. The density ratio is the local density over the reference density for sonic flow. rayleigh_flow must be a scalar or array of real numbers. These numbers must be greater than or equal to:
gamma/(gamma+1) (as Mach number approaches infinity)
If rayleigh_flow and gamma are arrays, they must be the same size. Use rayleigh_flow with mtype value 'dens'.
4-199
flowrayleigh
Array of velocity ratios. The velocity ratio is the local velocity over the reference velocity for sonic flow. rayleigh_flow must be a scalar or an array of N real numbers:
Greater than or equal to 0 Less than or equal to (gamma+1)/gamma (as Mach number approaches infinity)
If rayleigh_flow and gamma are both arrays, they must be the same size. Use rayleigh_flow with mtype value 'velo'. Scalar value of total temperature ratio. The total temperature ratio is the local stagnation temperature over the reference stagnation temperature for sonic flow. In subsonic mode, rayleigh_flow must be a real scalar:
Greater than or equal to 0 (at the Mach number equal 0) Less than or equal to 1 (at the Mach number equal 1) Greater than or equal to (gamma+1)^2*(gamma-1)/2/(gamma^2*(1+(gamma-1)/2))) (as Mach number approaches infinity) Less than or equal to 1 (at the Mach number equal 1)
In supersonic mode, rayleigh_flow must be a real scalar:
Use rayleigh_flow with the mtype values 'totaltsub' and 'totaltsup'. Scalar value of total pressure ratio. The total pressure ratio is the local stagnation pressure over the reference stagnation pressure for sonic flow. In subsonic mode, rayleigh_flow must be a real scalar.
Greater than or equal to 1 (at the Mach number equal 1) Less than or equal to (1+gamma)*(1+(gamma-1)/2)^(-gamma/(gamma-1)) (at Mach number equal 0)
4-200
flowrayleigh
In supersonic mode, rayleigh_flow must be a real scalar greater than or equal to 1. Use rayleigh_flow with mtype values 'totalpsub' and 'totalpsup'.
mtype
A string that defines the input mode for the Rayleigh flow in rayleigh_flow. Type
'mach' 'templo'
Description Default. Mach number. Low speed static temperature ratio. The low speed temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the reference sonic temperature. This ratio for when the Mach number of the upstream flow is less than the critical Mach number of 1/sqrt(gamma). High speed static temperature ratio. The high speed temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the reference sonic temperature. This ratio is for when the Mach number of the upstream flow is greater than the critical Mach number of 1/sqrt(gamma). Pressure ratio. Density ratio. Velocity ratio. Subsonic total temperature ratio. Supersonic total temperature ratio. Subsonic total pressure ratio. Supersonic total pressure ratio.
'temphi'
'pres' 'dens' 'velo' 'totaltsub' 'totaltsup' 'totalpsub' 'totalpsup'
4-201
flowrayleigh
Output Arguments
All output ratios are static conditions over the sonic conditions. All outputs are the same size as the array inputs. If there are no array inputs, all outputs are scalars.
mach

T
Array of temperature ratios. The temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the reference static temperature for sonic flow.
P
Array of pressure ratios. The pressure ratio is the local static pressure over the reference static pressure for sonic flow.
rho
Array of density ratio. The density ratio is the local density over the reference density for sonic flow.
velocity
Array of velocity ratios. The velocity ratio is the local velocity over the reference velocity for sonic flow.
T0
Array of total temperature ratios. The temperature ratio is the local static temperature over the reference static temperature for sonic flow.
P0
Array of total pressure ratios. The total pressure ratio is the local stagnation pressure over the reference stagnation pressure for sonic flow.
4-202
flowrayleigh
Examples
Calculate Rayleigh Line Flow Relations Given Air

Calculate the Rayleigh line flow relations for air (gamma = 1.4) for supersonic total pressure ratio 1.2.
[mach,T,P,rho,velocity,T0,P0] = flowrayleigh(1.4,1.2,'totalpsup') mach = 1.6397 T = 0.6823 P = 0.5038 rho = 0.7383 velocity = 1.3545 T0 = 0.8744 P0 = 1.2000
This example returns scalar values for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, T0, and P0.
4-203
flowrayleigh
Calculate Rayleigh Line Flow Relations for Specific Heat Ratios in Array
Calculate the Rayleigh line flow relations for gases with specific heat ratios given in the following 1 x 4 row array for the Mach number 0.5.
gamma = [1.3,1.33,1.4,1.67]; [mach,T,P,rho,velocity,T0,P0] = flowrayleigh(gamma,0.5) mach = 0.5000 T = 0.7533 P = 1.7358 rho = 2.3043 velocity = 0.4340 T0 = 0.6796 P0 = 1.1111 1.1121 1.1141 1.1202 0.6832 0.6914 0.7201 0.4371 0.4444 0.4709 2.2876 2.2500 2.1236 1.7486 1.7778 1.8836 0.7644 0.7901 0.8870 0.5000 0.5000 0.5000
4-204
flowrayleigh
This example returns a 1 x 4 row array for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, T0, and P0.
Calculate Rayleigh Line Flow Relations for Specific Heat Ratios and High Speed Temperature
Calculate the Rayleigh line flow relations for a specific heat ratio of 1.4 and high speed temperature ratio 0.70.
[mach,T,P,rho,velocity,T0,P0] = flowrayleigh(1.4,0.70,'temphi') mach = 1.6035 T = 0.7000 P = 0.5218 rho = 0.7454 velocity = 1.3416 T0 = 0.8833 P0 =
4-205
flowrayleigh
1.1777
This example returns scalar values for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, T0, and P0.
Calculate Rayleigh Line Flow Relations for Gases with Specific Heat Ratio and Static Pressure
Calculate the Rayleigh line flow relations for gases with specific heat ratio and static pressure ratio combinations as shown.
gamma = [1.3,1.4]; P = [0.13,1.7778]; [mach,T,P,rho,velocity,T0,P0] = flowrayleigh(gamma,P,'pres') mach = 3.5833 T = 0.2170 P = 0.1300 rho = 0.5991 velocity = 1.6692 T0 = 0.4444 2.2501 1.7778 0.7901 0.5000
4-206
flowrayleigh
0.5521 P0 = 7.4381
0.6913
1.1141
This example returns a 1 x 2 array for mach, T, P, rho, velocity, T0, and P0 each. The elements of each array correspond to the inputs element-wise.
References
See Also
flowisentropic | flownormalshock | flowprandtlmeyer | flowfanno
4-207
generatePatches (Aero.Body)
Generate patches for body with loaded face, vertex, and color data
generatePatches(h, ax) h.generatePatches(ax) generatePatches(h, ax) and h.generatePatches(ax) generate patches for the animation body object h using the loaded face, vertex, and color data in ax.
Examples
Generate patches for b using the axes, ax.

b=Aero.Body; b.load('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); f = figure; ax = axes; b.generatePatches(ax);
See Also
load
4-208
GenerateRunScript (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Generate run script for FlightGear flight simulator

GenerateRunScript(h) h.GenerateRunScript GenerateRunScript(h) and h.GenerateRunScript generate a run script for FlightGear flight simulator using the following FlightGear animation object properties: OutputFileName
Specify the name of the output file. The file name is the name of the command you will use to start FlightGear with these initial parameters. The default value is 'runfg.bat'. Specify the name of your FlightGear installation folder. The default value is
'D:\Applications\FlightGear'.
GeometryModelName
Specify the name of the folder containing the desired model geometry in the
FlightGear\data\Aircraft
folder. The default value is 'HL20'.

DestinationIpAddress
Specify your destination IP address. The default value is '127.0.0.1'. Specify your network flight dynamics model (fdm) port. This destination port should be an unused port that you can use when you launch FlightGear. The default value is '5502'.
DestinationPort
4-209
GenerateRunScript (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
AirportId
Specify the airport ID. The list of supported airports is available in the FlightGear interface, under Location. The default value is 'KSFO'. Specify the runway ID. The default value is '10L'. Specify the initial altitude of the aircraft, in feet. The default value is 7224 feet. Specify the initial heading of the aircraft, in degrees. The default value is 113 degrees. Specify the offset distance of the aircraft from the airport, in miles. The default value is 4.72 miles. Specify the offset azimuth of the aircraft, in degrees. The default value is 0 degrees.
RunwayId InitialAltitude
InitialHeading
OffsetDistance
OffsetAzimuth
Examples
Create a run script, runfg.bat, to start FlightGear flight simulator using the default object settings:
h = fganimation GenerateRunScript(h)
Create a run script, myscript.bat, to start FlightGear flight simulator using the default object settings:
h = fganimation h.OutputFileName = 'myscript.bat' GenerateRunScript(h)
See Also
initialize | play | update
4-210
geoc2geod
Purpose Syntax
Convert geocentric latitude to geodetic latitude

geodeticLatitude = geoc2geod(geocentricLatitude, radii) geodeticLatitude = geoc2geod(geocentricLatitude, radii, model) geodeticLatitude = geoc2geod(geocentricLatitude, radii, flattening, equatorialRadius) geodeticLatitude = geoc2geod(geocentricLatitude, radii) converts an array of m-by-1 geocentric latitudes and an array of radii from the center of the planet into an array of m-by-1 geodetic latitudes. geodeticLatitude = geoc2geod(geocentricLatitude, radii, model) converts for a specific ellipsoid planet. geodeticLatitude = geoc2geod(geocentricLatitude, radii, flattening, equatorialRadius) converts for a custom ellipsoid
Description
planet defined by flattening and the equatorial radius. The function uses geometric relationships to calculate the geodetic latitude in this noniterative method. This function has the limitation that this implementation generates a geodetic latitude that lies between 90 degrees.
Input Arguments
geocentricLatitude
Array of m-by-1 geocentric latitudes, in degrees.

radii
Array of radii from the center of the planet, in meters.

model
Specific ellipsoid planet specified as a string. This function supports only 'WGS84'.
flattening
4-211
geoc2geod

equatorialRadius
Equatorial radius, in meters.
geodeticLatitude
Array of m-by-1 geodetic latitudes, in degrees. Determine geodetic latitude given a geocentric latitude and radius:
gd = geoc2geod(45, 6379136)
gd = 45.1921
Determine geodetic latitude at multiple geocentric latitudes, given a radius, and specifying WGS84 ellipsoid model:
gd = geoc2geod([0 45 90], 6379136, 'WGS84')
gd = 0 45.1921 90.0000
Determine geodetic latitude at multiple geocentric latitudes, given a radius, and specifying custom ellipsoid model:
f = 1/196.877360; Re = 3397000; gd = geoc2geod([0 45 90], 6379136, f, Re)
4-212
geoc2geod
gd = 0 45.1550 90.0000
References
Jackson, E.B., Manual for a Workstation-based Generic Flight Simulation Program (LaRCsim) Version 1.4, NASA TM 110164, April 1995 Hedgley, D. R., Jr., An Exact Transformation from Geocentric to Geodetic Coordinates for Nonzero Altitudes, NASA TR R-458, March, 1976 Clynch, J. R., Radius of the Earth Radii Used in Geodesy, Naval Postgraduate School, 2002,
http://www.oc.nps.navy.mil/oc2902w/geodesy/radiigeo.pdf
Stevens, B. L., and F. L. Lewis, Aircraft Control and Simulation, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1992 Edwards, C. H., and D. E. Penny, Calculus and Analytical Geometry, 2nd Edition, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1986
See Also
geod2geoc | ecef2lla | lla2ecef
4-213
geocradius
Purpose Syntax
Estimate radius of ellipsoid planet at geocentric latitude

r = geocradius(lambda) r = geocradius(lambda, model) r = geocradius(lambda, f, Re) r = geocradius(lambda) estimates the radius, r, of an ellipsoid planet at a particular geocentric latitude, lambda. lambda is in degrees. r is in
Description
meters. The default ellipsoid planet is WGS84.

r = geocradius(lambda, model) is an alternate method for estimating the radius for a specific ellipsoid planet. Currently only 'WGS84' is supported for model. r = geocradius(lambda, f, Re) is another alternate method for estimating the radius for a custom ellipsoid planet defined by flattening, f, and the equatorial radius, Re, in meters.
Examples
Determine radius at 45 degrees latitude:

r = geocradius(45)
r = 6.3674e+006
Determine radius at multiple latitudes:

r = geocradius([0 45 90])
r = 1.0e+006 * 6.3781 6.3674 6.3568
4-214
geocradius
Determine radius at multiple latitudes, specifying WGS84 ellipsoid model:

r = geocradius([0 45 90], 'WGS84')
r = 1.0e+006 * 6.3781 6.3674 6.3568
Determine radius at multiple latitudes, specifying custom ellipsoid model:

f = 1/196.877360; Re = 3397000; r = geocradius([0 45 90], f, Re)
r = 1.0e+006 * 3.3970 3.3883 3.3797
References
Stevens, B. L., and F. L. Lewis, Aircraft Control and Simulation, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1992 Zipfel, P. H., and D. E. Penny, Modeling and Simulation of Aerospace Vehicle Dynamics, AIAA Education Series, Reston, VA, 2000
See Also
geoc2geod | geod2geoc
4-215
geod2geoc
Purpose Syntax
Convert geodetic latitude to geocentric latitude

gc = geod2geoc(gd, h) gc = geod2geoc(gd, h, model) gc = geod2geoc(gd, h, f, Re) gc = geod2geoc(gd, h) converts an array of m geodetic latitudes, gd, and an array of mean sea level altitudes, h, into an array of m geocentric latitudes, gc. Both gc and gd are in degrees. h is in meters. gc = geod2geoc(gd, h, model) is an alternate method for converting from geodetic to geocentric latitude for a specific ellipsoid planet. Currently only 'WGS84' is supported for model. gc = geod2geoc(gd, h, f, Re) is another alternate method for converting from geodetic to geocentric latitude for a custom ellipsoid planet defined by flattening, f, and the equatorial radius, Re, in meters.
Description
Examples
Determine geocentric latitude given a geodetic latitude and altitude:

gc = geod2geoc(45, 1000)
gc = 44.8076
Determine geocentric latitude at multiple geodetic latitudes and altitudes, specifying WGS84 ellipsoid model:
gc = geod2geoc([0 45 90], [1000 0 2000], 'WGS84')
gc = 0 44.8076 90.0000
4-216
geod2geoc
Determine geocentric latitude at multiple geodetic latitudes, given an altitude and specifying custom ellipsoid model:
f = 1/196.877360; Re = 3397000; gc = geod2geoc([0 45 90], 2000, f, Re)
gc = 0 44.7084 90.0000
Assumptions and Limitations References See Also
This implementation generates a geocentric latitude that lies between 90 degrees.
Stevens, B. L., and F. L. Lewis, Aircraft Control and Simulation, John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1992
geoc2geod | ecef2lla | lla2ecef
4-217
geoidegm96
Purpose
Calculate geoid height as determined from EGM96 Geopotential Model Note geoidegm96 will be removed in a future version. Use geoidheight instead.
Syntax Description
N = geoidegm96(lat, long) N = geoidegm96(lat, long, action) N = geoidegm96(lat, long) calculates the geoid height as determined
from the EGM96 Geopotential Model. It calculates geoid heights to 0.01 meters. This function interpolates geoid heights from a 15-minute grid of point values in the tide-free system, using the EGM96 Geopotential Model to the degree and order 360. The geoid undulations are relative to the WGS84 ellipsoid.
N = geoidegm96(lat, long, action) calculates the geoid height as determined from the EGM96 Geopotential Model. This function performs action if latitude or longitude are out of range.
Inputs required by geoidegm96:

lat
An array of m geocentric latitudes, in degrees, where north latitude is positive and south latitude is negative. lat must be of type single or double. If lat is not within the range -90 to 90, inclusive, this function wraps the value to be within the range. An array of m geocentric longitudes, in degrees, where east longitude is positive and west longitude is negative. long must be of type single or double. If long is not within the range 0 to 360 inclusive, this function
long
4-218
geoidegm96
wraps the value to be within the range.

action
A string to determine action for out-of-range input. Specify if out-of-range input invokes a 'Warning', 'Error', or no action ('None'). The default is 'Warning'.
Examples
Calculate the geoid height at 42.4 degrees N latitude and 71.0 degrees E longitude.
N = geoidegm96( 42.4, 71.0)
Calculate the geoid height at two different locations, with out-of-range actions generating warnings.
N = geoidegm96( [39.3,33.4], [-77.2, 36.5])
Calculate the geoid height with latitude wrapping, with out-of-range actions displaying no warnings.
N = geoidegm96(100,150,'None')
Limitations
This function has the limitations of the 1996 Earth Geopotential Model. For more information, see
http://earth-info.nga.mil/GandG/wgs84/gravitymod/egm96/egm96.html.
The WGS84 EGM96 geoid undulations have an error range of +/-0.5 to +/-1.0 meters worldwide.
References
NIMA TR8350.2: Department of Defense World Geodetic System 1984, Its Definition and Relationship with Local Geodetic Systems. NASA/TP-1998-206861: The Development of the Joint NASA GSFC and NIMA Geopotential Model EGM96 National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency Website:
http://earth-info.nga.mil/GandG/wgs84/gravitymod/egm96/egm96.html
4-219
geoidegm96
See Also
gravitywgs84
4-220
geoidheight
Purpose Syntax
Calculate geoid height

N N N N N N = = = = = = geoidheight(latitude,longitude) geoidheight(latitude, longitude, geoidheight(latitude, longitude, geoidheight(latitude, longitude, geoidheight(latitude, longitude, geoidheight(latitude, longitude, action)
modelname) action) modelname, action) 'Custom', datafile) 'Custom', datafile,
Description
N = geoidheight(latitude,longitude) calculates the geoid height
using the EGM96 Geopotential Model. For this model, it calculates these geoid heights to an accuracy of 0.01 m. It interpolates an array of m geoid heights at m geocentric latitudes, latitude, and m geocentric longitudes, longitude.
N = geoidheight(latitude, longitude, modelname) calculates the
geoid height using the model, modelname.

N = geoidheight(latitude, longitude, action) calculates the
geoid height using the EGM96 Geopotential Model. This function performs action if latitude or longitude are out of range.
N = geoidheight(latitude, longitude, modelname, action) calculates the geoid height using modelname. N = geoidheight(latitude, longitude, 'Custom', datafile) calculates the geoid height using a custom model that datafile defines. N = geoidheight(latitude, longitude, 'Custom', datafile, action) calculates the geoid height using the custom model. This function performs action if latitude or longitude are out of range.
Tips
This function interpolates geoid heights from a grid of point values in the tide-free system. When using the EGM96 Model, this function has the limitations of the 1996 Earth Geopotential Model.
4-221
geoidheight
When using the EGM2008 Model, this function has the limitations of the 2008 Earth Geopotential Model. The interpolation scheme wraps over the poles to allow for geoid height calculations at and near pole locations. The geoid undulations for the EGM96 and EGM2008 models are relative to the WGS84 ellipsoid. The WGS84 EGM96 geoid undulations have an error range of +/ 0.5 to +/ 1.0 m worldwide.
Input Arguments
latitude
An array of m geocentric latitudes, in degrees, where north latitude is positive and south latitude is negative. latitude must be of type single or double. If latitude is not within the range 90 to 90, inclusive, this function wraps the value to be within the range.
longitude
An array of m geocentric longitudes, in degrees, where east longitude is positive and west longitude is negative. longitude must be of type single or double. If longitude is not within the range 0 to 360 inclusive, this function wraps the value to be within the range.
model
String that specifies the geopotential model.
4-222
geoidheight
Geopotential Model
'EGM96'
Description EGM96 Geopotential Model to degree and order 360. This model uses a 15-minute grid of point values in the tide-free system. This function calculates geoid heights to an accuracy of 0.01 m for this model. EGM2008 Geopotential Model to degree and order 2159. This model uses a 2.5-minute grid of point values in the tide-free system. This function calculates geoid heights to an accuracy of 0.001 m for this model. Custom geopotential model that you define in datafile. This function calculates geoid heights to an accuracy of 0.01 m for custom models. Note To deploy a custom geopotential model, explicitly include the custom data and reader files to the MATLAB Compiler (mcc) command at compilation. For example:
mcc -m mycustomsgeoidheightfunction... -a customDataFile -a customReaderFile
'EGM2008'
'Custom'
For other geopotential models, use the MATLAB Compiler as usual.
Default: EGM96
datafile
Optional file that contains definitions for a custom geopotential model. Provide this file only if you specify 'Custom' for the model argument. For an example of file content, see aerogmm2b.mat.
4-223
geoidheight
This file must contain the following variables. Variable

'latbp' 'lonbp' 'grid' 'windowSize'
Description Array of geocentric latitude breakpoints. Array of geocentric longitude breakpoints. Table of geoid height values. Even integer scalar greater than 2 for the number of interpolation points.
action

'Error' 'Warning' 'None'
Default: Warning
An array of M geoid heights in meters. The values in this array have the same data type as latitude. Calculate the EGM96 geoid height at 42.4 degrees N latitude and 71.0 degrees W longitude with warning actions:
N = geoidheight( 42.4, -71.0 )
Calculate the EGM2008 geoid height at two different locations with error actions.
N = geoidheight( [39.3, 33.4], [77.2, 36.5], 'egm2008', ... 'error')
4-224
geoidheight
Calculate a custom geoid height at two different locations with no actions.

N = geoidheight( [39.3, 33.4], [-77.2, 36.5], 'custom', ... 'geoidegm96grid','none')
References
Vallado, D. A. Fundamentals of Astrodynamics and Applications. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1997. NIMA TR8350.2: "Department of Defense World Geodetic System 1984, Its Definition and Relationship with Local Geodetic Systems."
See Also Related Links
gravitywgs84 | gravitysphericalharmonic
National Geospatial-Intelligence Agency Web site: http://earth-info.nga.mil/GandG/publications/vertdatum.html
4-225
Geometry (Aero.Geometry)
Construct 3-D geometry for use with animation object

h = Aero.Geometry h = Aero.Geometry defines a 3-D geometry for use with an animation
object. See Aero.Geometry for further details.
See Also
Aero.Geometry
4-226
gravitycentrifugal
Purpose Syntax
Implement centrifugal effect of planetary gravity

[gx gy gz] = gravitycentrifugal(planet_coordinates) [gx gy gz] = gravitycentrifugal(planet_coordinates, model ) [gx gy gz] = gravitycentrifugal(planet_coordinates, 'Custom', rotational_rate) [gx gy gz] = gravitycentrifugal(planet_coordinates)
Description
implements the mathematical representation of centrifugal effect for planetary gravity based on planetary rotation rate. This function calculates arrays of N gravity values in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates for the planet. It performs these calculations using planet_coordinates, an M-by-3 array of Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates. You use centrifugal force in rotating or noninertial coordinate systems. Gravity centrifugal effect values are greatest at the equator of a planet.
[gx gy gz] = gravitycentrifugal(planet_coordinates, model )
implements the mathematical representation of centrifugal effect based on planetary gravitational potential for the planetary model, model.
[gx gy gz] = gravitycentrifugal(planet_coordinates, 'Custom', rotational_rate) implements the mathematical
representation of centrifugal effect based on planetary gravitational potential using the custom rotational rate, rotational_rate.
Input Arguments
planet_coordinates M-by-3 array of Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters. The z-axis is positive toward the North Pole. If model is 'Earth', the
planet coordinates are ECEF coordinates.

model
String that specifies the planetary model. Default is 'Earth'. Specify one: 'Mercury'
4-227
gravitycentrifugal
'Venus' 'Earth' 'Moon' 'Mars' 'Jupiter' 'Saturn' 'Uranus' 'Neptune' 'Custom'

'Custom' requires that you specify your own planetary model using the rotational_rate parameter. rotational_rate
Scalar value that specifies the planetary rotational rate in radians per second. Specify this parameter only if model has the value 'Custom'.
Output Arguments
gx
Array of M gravity values in the x-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters per second squared (m/s2).
gy
Array of M gravity values in the y-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters per second squared (m/s2).
gz
Array of M gravity values in the z-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters per second squared (m/s2).
Examples
Calculate the centrifugal effect of Earth gravity in the x-axis at the equator on the surface of Earth:
4-228
gravitycentrifugal
gx = gravitycentrifugal( [-6378.1363e3 0 0] )
Calculate the centrifugal effect of Mars gravity at 15000 m over the equator and 11000 m over the North Pole:
p = [2412.648e3 -2412.648e3 0; 0 0 3376.2e3] [gx, gy, gz] = gravitycentrifugal( p, 'Mars' )
Calculate the precessing centrifugal effect of gravity for Earth at 15000 m over the equator and 11000 m over the North Pole. This example uses a custom planetary model at Julian date 2451545:
p = [2412.648e3 -2412.648e3 0; 0 0 3376e3] % Set julian date to January 1, 2000 at noon GMT JD = 2451545 % Calculate precession rate in right ascension in meters pres_RA = 7.086e-12 + 4.3e-15*(JD - 2451545)/36525 % Calculate the rotational rate in a precessing reference % frame Omega = 7.2921151467e-5 + pres_RA [gx, gy, gz] = gravitycentrifugal( p, 'custom', Omega )
See Also
gravitywgs84 | gravitysphericalharmonic | gravityzonal
4-229
gravitysphericalharmonic
Purpose Syntax
Implement spherical harmonic representation of planetary gravity

[gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates) [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, model) [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, degree) [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, model, degree) [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, model, degree, action) [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, 'Custom', degree, {datafile dfreader}, action) [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates)
Description
implements the mathematical representation of spherical harmonic planetary gravity based on planetary gravitational potential. This function calculates arrays of N gravity values in the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates for the planet. It performs these calculations using planet_coordinates, an M-by-3 array of Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates. By default, this function assumes 120th degree and order spherical coefficients for the 'EGM2008' (Earth) planetary model.
[gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, model) implements the mathematical representation for the planetary model, model. [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, degree) uses the degree and order that degree specifies. [gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, model, degree) uses the degree and order that degree specifies. model
specifies the planetary model.

[gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, model, degree, action) uses the specified action when input is out
of range.
4-230
[gx gy gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic(planet_coordinates, 'Custom', degree, {datafile dfreader}, action) implements the mathematical representation for a custom model planet. datafile defines the planetary model. dfreader specifies the reader for datafile.
This function has the following limitations: The function excludes the centrifugal effects of planetary rotation, and the effects of a precessing reference frame. Spherical harmonic gravity model is valid for radial positions greater than the planet equatorial radius. Minor errors might occur for radial positions near or at the planetary surface. The spherical harmonic gravity model is not valid for radial positions less than planetary surface.
Tips
When inputting a large PCPF array and a high degree value, you might receive an out-of-memory error. For more information about avoiding out-of-memory errors in the MATLAB environment, see: http://www.mathworks.com/support/tech-notes/1100/1107.html When inputting a large PCPF array, you might receive a maximum matrix size limitation. To determine the largest matrix or array that you can create in the MATLAB environment for your platform, see:
http://www.mathworks.com/support/tech-notes/1100/1110.html
Input Arguments
planet_coordinates M-by-3 array of Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters. The z-axis is positive toward the North Pole. If model is 'EGM2008' or 'EGM96' (Earth), the planet coordinates are ECEF coordinates. model
String that specifies the planetary model. Default is 'EGM2008'. Specify one:
4-231
Planetary Model
'EGM2008' 'EGM96' 'LP100K' 'LP165P' 'GMM2B' 'Custom'
Planet Earth Gravitational Model 2008 Earth Gravitational Model 1996 100th degree Moon model 165th degree Moon model Goddard Mars model 2B Custom planetary model that you define in datafile Note To deploy a custom planetary model, explicitly include the custom data and reader files to the MATLAB Compiler (mcc) command at compilation. For example:
mcc -m mycustomsphericalgravityfunction... -a customDataFile -a customReaderFile
For other planetary models, use the MATLAB Compiler as usual.

'EIGENGL04C'
Combined Earth gravity field model EIGEN-GL04C.
When inputting a large PCPF array and a high degree value, you might receive an out-of-memory error. For more information about avoiding out-of-memory errors in the MATLAB environment, see:
When inputting a large PCPF array, you might receive a maximum matrix size limitation. To determine the largest matrix or array that you can create in the MATLAB environment for your platform, see:
4-232
degree
Scalar value that specifies the degree and order of the harmonic gravity model. Planetary Model
'EGM2008'
Degree and Order Maximum degree and order is 2159. Default degree and order are 120. Maximum degree and order is 360. Default degree and order are 70. Maximum degree and order is 100. Default degree and order are 60. Maximum degree and order is 165. Default degree and order are 60. Maximum degree and order is 80. Default degree and order are 60. Maximum degree is default degree and order. Maximum degree and order is 360. Default degree and order are 70.
'EGM96'
'LP100K'
'LP165P'
'GMM2B'
'Custom' 'EIGENGL04C'
When inputting a large PCPF array and a high degree value, you might receive an out-of-memory error. For more information about avoiding out-of-memory errors in the MATLAB environment, see:
When inputting a large PCPF array, you might receive a maximum matrix size limitation. To determine the largest matrix or array that you can create in the MATLAB environment for your platform, see:
4-233
action

'Error' 'Warning' (default) 'None' 'Custom'
String that specifies that datafile contains definitions for a custom planetary model.
datafile
File that contains definitions for a custom planetary model. For an example of file content, see aerogmm2b.mat. This file must contain the following variables. Variable Re GM degree C S Description Scalar of planet equatorial radius in meters (m) Scalar of planetary gravitational parameter in meters cubed per second squared (m3/s2) Scalar of maximum degree (degree+1)-by-(degree+1) matrix containing normalized spherical harmonic coefficients matrix, C (degree+1)-by-(degree+1) matrix containing normalized spherical harmonic coefficients matrix, S
This parameter requires that you specify a program in the dfreader parameter to read the data file.
dfreader
Specify a MATLAB function to read datafile. The reader file that you specify depends on the file type of datafile.
4-234
Data File Type MATLAB file Other file type
Description Specify the MATLAB load function, for example, @load. Specify a custom MATLAB reader function. For examples of custom reader functions, see astReadSHAFile.m and astReadEGMFile.m. Note the output variable order in these files.
Output Arguments
gx
Array of N gravity values in the x-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters per second squared (m/s2).
gy
Array of N gravity values in the y-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters per second squared (m/s2).
gz
Array of N gravity values in the z-axis of the Planet-Centered Planet-Fixed coordinates in meters per second squared (m/s2).
Examples
Calculate the gravity in the x-axis at the equator on the surface of Earth. This example uses the default 120 degree model of EGM2008 with default warning actions:
gx = gravitysphericalharmonic( [-6378.1363e3 0 0] )
Calculate the gravity at 25000 m over the south pole of Earth. This example uses the 70 degree model of EGM96 with error actions:
[gx, gy, gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic( [0 0 -6381.751e3], 'EGM96', 'Error' )
4-235
Calculate the gravity at 15000 m over the equator and 11000 m over the North Pole. This example uses a 30th order GMM2B Mars model with warning actions:
p = [2412.648e3 -2412.648e3 0; 0 0 3376.2e3]
[gx, gy, gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic( p, 'GMM2B', 30, 'Warning' )
Calculate the gravity at 15000 m over the equator and 11000 m over the North Pole. This example uses a 60th degree custom planetary model with no actions:
p = [2412.648e3 -2412.648e3 0; 0 0 3376e3]
[gx, gy, gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic( p, 'custom', 60, ... {'GMM2BC80_SHA.txt' @astReadSHAFile}, 'None' )
Calculate the gravity at 25000 meters over the south pole of Earth using a 120th order EIGEN-GL04C Earth model with warning actions:
p = [0 0 -6381.751e3]
[gx, gy, gz] = gravitysphericalharmonic( p, 'EIGENGL04C', ... 120, 'Warning' )
See Also
gravitywgs84 | gravitycentrifugal | gravityzonal | geoidegm96
4-236
gravitywgs84
Purpose Syntax
Implement 1984 World Geodetic System (WGS84) representation of Earths gravity

g = gravitywgs84(h, lat) g = gravitywgs84(h, lat, lon, method, [noatm, nocent, prec, jd], action) gt = gravitywgs84(h, lat, lon, 'Exact', [noatm, nocent, prec, jd], action) [g gn] = gravitywgs84(h, lat, lon, 'Exact', [noatm, nocent, prec, jd], action) g = gravitywgs84(h, lat) implements the mathematical
Description
representation of the geocentric equipotential ellipsoid of WGS84. Using h, an array of m altitudes in meters, and lat, an array of m geodetic latitudes in degrees, calculates g, an array of m gravity values in the direction normal to the Earths surface at a specific location. The default calculation method is Taylor Series. Gravity precision is controlled via the method parameter.
g = gravitywgs84(h, lat, lon, method, [noatm, nocent, prec, jd], action) lets you specify both latitude and longitude, as well as
other optional inputs, when calculating gravity values in the direction normal to the Earths surface. In this format, method can be either 'CloseApprox'or'Exact'.
gt = gravitywgs84(h, lat, lon, 'Exact', [noatm, nocent, prec, jd], action) calculates an array of total gravity values in the
direction normal to the Earths surface.

[g gn] = gravitywgs84(h, lat, lon, 'Exact', [noatm, nocent, prec, jd], action) calculates gravity values in the direction both
normal and tangential to the Earths surface. Inputs for gravitywgs84 are:
4-237
gravitywgs84
h lat
An array of m altitudes, in meters An array of m geodetic latitudes, in degrees, where north latitude is positive, and south latitude is negative An array of m geodetic longitudes, in degrees, where east longitude is positive, and west longitude is negative. This input is available only with method specified as 'CloseApprox'or'Exact'. A string specifying the method to calculate gravity: 'TaylorSeries', 'CloseApprox', or 'Exact'. The default is 'TaylorSeries'. A logical value specifying the exclusion of Earths atmosphere. Set to true for the Earths gravitational field to exclude the mass of the atmosphere. Set to false for the value for the Earths gravitational field to include the mass of the atmosphere. This option is available only with method specified as 'CloseApprox'or'Exact'. The default is false. A logical value specifying the removal of centrifugal effects. Set to true to calculate gravity based on pure attraction resulting from the normal gravitational potential. Set to false to calculate gravity including the centrifugal force resulting from the Earths angular velocity. This option is available only with method specified as 'CloseApprox'or'Exact'. The default is false.
lon
method
noatm
nocent
4-238
gravitywgs84
prec
A logical value specifying the presence of a precessing reference frame. Set to true for the angular velocity of the Earth to be calculated using the International Astronomical Union (IAU) value of the Earths angular velocity and the precession rate in right ascension. To obtain the precession rate in right ascension, Julian Centuries from Epoch J2000.0 is calculated using the Julian date, jd. If set to false, the angular velocity of the Earth used is the value of the standard Earth rotating at a constant angular velocity. This option is available only with method specified as 'CloseApprox'or'Exact'. The default is false. A scalar value specifying Julian date used to calculate Julian Centuries from Epoch J2000.0. This input is available only with method specified as 'CloseApprox'or'Exact'. A string to determine action for out-of-range input. Specify if out-of-range input invokes a 'Warning', 'Error', or no action ('None'). The default is 'Warning'.
jd
action
Outputs calculated for the Earths gravity include:
4-239
gravitywgs84
An array of m gravity values in the direction normal to the Earths surface at a specific lat lon location. A positive value indicates a downward direction. An array of m total gravity values in the direction normal to the Earths surface at a specific lat lon location. A positive value indicates a downward direction. This option is available only with method specified as'Exact'. An array of m gravity values in the direction tangential to the Earths surface at a specific lat lon location. A positive value indicates a northward direction. This option is available only with method specified as'Exact'.
gt
gn
Examples
Calculate the normal gravity at 5000 meters and 55 degrees latitude using the Taylor Series approximation method with errors for out-of-range inputs:
g = gravitywgs84( 5000, 55, 'TaylorSeries', 'Error' )
g = 9.7997
Calculate the normal gravity at 15,000 meters, 45 degrees latitude, and 120 degrees longitude using the Close Approximation method with atmosphere, centrifugal effects, and no precessing, with warnings for out-of-range inputs:
g = gravitywgs84( 15000, 45, 120, 'CloseApprox' )
g =
4-240
gravitywgs84
9.7601
Calculate the normal and tangential gravity at 1000 meters, 0 degrees latitude, and 20 degrees longitude using the Exact method with atmosphere, centrifugal effects, and no precessing, with warnings for out-of-range inputs:
[g, gt] = gravitywgs84( 1000, 0, 20, 'Exact' )
g = 9.7772
gt = 0
Calculate the normal and tangential gravity at 1000 meters, 0 degrees latitude, and 20 degrees longitude and 11,000 meters, 30 degrees latitude, and 50 degrees longitude using the Exact method with atmosphere, centrifugal effects, and no precessing, with no actions for out-of-range inputs:
h = lat lon [g, [1000; 11000]; = [0; 30]; = [20; 50]; gt] = gravitywgs84( h, lat, lon, 'Exact', 'None' )
g = 9.7772 9.7594
4-241
gravitywgs84
gt = 1.0e-004 * 0 -0.7751
Calculate the normal gravity at 15,000 meters, 45 degrees latitude, and 120 degrees longitude and 5000 meters, 55 degrees latitude, and 100 degrees longitude using the Close Approximation method with atmosphere, no centrifugal effects, and no precessing, with warnings for out-of-range inputs:
h = [15000 5000]; lat = [45 55]; lon = [120 100]; g = gravitywgs84( h, lat, lon, 'CloseApprox', [false true false 0] )
g = 9.7771 9.8109
Calculate the normal and tangential gravity at 1000 meters, 0 degrees latitude, and 20 degrees longitude using the Exact method with atmosphere, centrifugal effects, and precessing at Julian date 2451545, with warnings for out-of-range inputs:
[g, gt] = gravitywgs84( 1000, 0, 20, 'Exact', ... [ false false true 2451545 ], 'Warning' )
g = 9.7772
4-242
gravitywgs84
gt = 0
Calculate the normal gravity at 15,000 meters, 45 degrees latitude, and 120 degrees longitude using the Close Approximation method with no atmosphere, with centrifugal effects, and with precessing at Julian date 2451545, with errors for out-of-range inputs:
g = gravitywgs84( 15000, 45, 120, 'CloseApprox', ... [ true false true 2451545 ], 'Error' )
g = 9.7601
Calculate the total normal gravity at 15,000 meters, 45 degrees latitude, and 120 degrees longitude using the Exact method with no atmosphere, with centrifugal effects, and with precessing at Julian date 2451545, with errors for out-of-range inputs:
g = gravitywgs84( 15000, 45, 120, 'Exact', ... [ true false true 2451545 ], 'Error' )
g = 9.7601
The WGS84 gravity calculations are based on the assumption of a geocentric equipotential ellipsoid of revolution. Since the gravity potential is assumed to be the same everywhere on the ellipsoid, there must be a specific theoretical gravity potential that can be uniquely determined from the four independent constants defining the ellipsoid.
4-243
gravitywgs84
Use of the WGS84 Taylor Series model should be limited to low geodetic heights. It is sufficient near the surface when submicrogal precision is not necessary. At medium and high geodetic heights, it is less accurate. Use of the WGS84 Close Approximation model should be limited to a geodetic height of 20,000.0 meters (approximately 65,620.0 feet). Below this height, it gives results with submicrogal precision. To predict and determine a satellite orbit with high accuracy, use the EGM96 through degree and order 70.
References
NIMA TR8350.2: Department of Defense World Geodetic System 1984, Its Definition and Relationship with Local Geodetic Systems.
4-244
gravityzonal
Purpose Syntax
Implement zonal harmonic representation of planetary gravity

[gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord) [gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, degreeGravityModel) [gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, planetModel) [gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, planetModel, degreeGravityModel) [gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, planetModel, degreeGravityModel, action) [gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, 'Custom', equatorialRadius, planetaryGravitional, zonalHarmonicCoeff, action) [gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord) implements the mathematical
Description
representation of zonal harmonic planetary gravity based on planetary gravitational potential. For input, it takes an m-by-3 matrix that contains planet-centered planet-fixed coordinates from the center of the planet in meters. This function calculates the arrays of m gravity values in the x-, y-, and z-axes of the planet-centered planet-fixed coordinates. It uses the fourth order zonal coefficients for Earth by default.
[gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, degreeGravityModel) uses the degree
of harmonic model.
[gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, planetModel) uses the planetary model.
4-245
gravityzonal
[gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, planetModel, degreeGravityModel)
uses the degree of harmonic model and planetary model.

[gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, planetModel, degreeGravityModel, action) specifies the action for out-of-range input. [gravityXcoord gravityYcoord, gravityZcoord] = gravityzonal(planetCoord, 'Custom', equatorialRadius, planetaryGravitional, zonalHarmonicCoeff, action) uses the
equatorial radius, planetary gravitational parameter, and zonal harmonic coefficients for the custom planetary model. This function does not include the potential due planet rotation, which excludes the centrifugal effects of planetary rotation and the effects of a precessing reference frame.
Input Arguments
planetCoord
m-by-3 matrix that contains planet-centered planet-fixed coordinates from the center of the planet in meters. If planetModel has a value of 'Earth', this matrix contains Earth-centered Earth-fixed (ECEF) coordinates.
planetModel
String that specifies the planetary model. Enter one: 'Mercury' 'Venus' 'Earth' 'Moon' 'Mars' 'Jupiter' 'Saturn'
4-246
gravityzonal
'Uranus' 'Neptune' 'Custom'

'Custom' requires you to specify your own planetary model using the equatorialRadius, planetaryGravitional, and zonalHarmonicCoeff
parameters. Default: 'Earth'

degreeGravityModel
Degree of harmonic model. 2 Second degree, J2. Most significant or largest spherical harmonic term, which accounts for the oblateness of a planet. 2 is default if planetModel is 'Mercury', 'Venus', 'Moon', 'Uranus', or 'Neptune'. 3 Third degree, J3. 3 is default if planetModel is 'Mars'. 4 Fourth degree, J4 (default). Default is 4 if planetModel is 'Earth, 'Jupiter', 'Saturn' or 'Custom'. Default:
equatorialRadius
Planetary equatorial radius in meters. Use this parameter only if you specify planetModel as 'Custom'.
planetaryGravitional
Planetary gravitational parameter in meters cubed per second squared. Use this parameter only if you specify planetModel as 'Custom'.
zonalHarmonicCoeff
4-247
gravityzonal
3-element array defining the zonal harmonic coefficients that the function uses to calculate zonal harmonics planetary gravity. Use this parameter only if you specify planetModel as 'Custom'.
action

'Error' 'Warning' 'None' (default)
Output Arguments
gravityXcoord
Array of m gravity values in the x-axis of the planet-centered planet-fixed coordinates in meters per second squared.
gravityYcoord
Array of m gravity values in the y-axis of the planet-centered planet-fixed coordinates in meters per second squared.
gravityZcoord
Array of m gravity values in the z-axis of the planet-centered planet-fixed coordinates in meters per second squared.
Examples
Calculate the gravity in the x-axis at the equator on the surface of Earth using the fourth degree model with no warning actions:
gx = gravityzonal( [-6378.1363e3 0 0] ) gx = 9.8142
Calculate the gravity using the close approximation method at 100 m over the geographic South Pole of Earth with error actions:
4-248
gravityzonal
[gx, gy, gz] = gravityzonal( [0 0 -6356.851e3], 'Error' ) gx = 0 gy = 0 gz = 9.8317
Calculate the gravity at 15000 m over the equator and 11000 m over the geographic North Pole using a second order Mars model with warning actions:
p = [2412.648e3 -2412.648e3 0; 0 0 3376.2e3] [gx, gy, gz] = gravityzonal( p, 'Mars', 2, 'Warning' ) p = 2412648 0 gx = -2.6224 0 gy = 2.6224 0 gz = -2412648 0 0 3376200
4-249
gravityzonal
0 -3.7542
Calculate the gravity at 15000 m over the equator and 11000 m over the geographic North Pole using a custom planetary model with no actions:
p= [2412.648e3 -2412.648e3 0; 0 0 3376e3] GM = 42828.371901e9 % m^3/s^2 Re = 3397e3 % m Jvalues = [1.95545367944545e-3 3.14498094262035e-5 ... -1.53773961526397e-5] [gx, gy, gz] = gravityzonal( p, 'custom', Re, GM, ... Jvalues, 'None' )
Algorithms
Planet
gravityzonal is implemented using the following planetary parameter
values for each planet: Gravitational Parameter (GM) in m3/s2 3.986004415e14 1.268e17 4.305e13 2.2032e13 4902.799e9 6.809e15 3.794e16 5.794e15 3.257e14 Zonal Harmonic Coefficients (J Values) [ 0.0010826269 -0.0000025323 -0.0000016204 ] [0.01475 0 -0.00058] [ 0.001964 0.000036 ] 0.00006 0.0002027 0.004 [0.01645 0 -0.001] 0.012 0.000027
Equatorial Radius (Re) in Meters 6378.1363e3 71492.e3 3397.2e3 2439.0e3 1738.0e3 60268.e3 25559.e3 6052.0e3
Earth Jupiter Mars Mercury Moon Saturn Uranus Venus
Neptune 24764e3
4-250
gravityzonal
References
Vallado, D. A., Fundamentals of Astrodynamics and Applications, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1997. Fortescue, P., J. Stark, G. Swinerd, (Eds.). Spacecraft Systems Engineering, Third Edition, Wiley & Sons, West Sussex, 2003. Tewari, A., Atmospheric and Space Flight Dynamics Modeling and Simulation with MATLAB and Simulink, Birkhuser, Boston, 2007.
Alternatives See Also
Zonal Harmonic Gravity Model block

gravitywgs84 | geoidegm96
4-251
Aero.Animation.hide
Hide animation figure

hide(h) h.hide hide(h) and h.hide hide (close) the figure for the animation object h. Use Aero.Animation.show to redisplay the animation object figure.
Animation object.
Hide the animation object figure that the Aero.Animation.show method displays.
h=Aero.Animation; h.show; h.hide;
4-252
igrf11magm
Purpose Syntax
Calculate Earths magnetic field using 11th generation of International Geomagnetic Reference Field
[mag_field_vector, hor_intensity, declination, inclination, total_intensity, mag_field_sec_variation, sec_variation_horizontal, sec_variation_declination, sec_variation_inclination, sec_variation_total] = igrf11magm(height, latitude, longitude, decimal_year) [mag_field_vector, hor_intensity, declination, inclination, total_intensity, mag_field_sec_variation, sec_variation_horizontal, sec_variation_declination, sec_variation_inclination, sec_variation_total] = igrf11magm(height, latitude, longitude, decimal_year)
Description
calculates the Earths magnetic field and the secular variation at a specific location and time. This function uses the 11th generation of the International Geomagnetic Reference Field (IGRF-11).
Tips
The igrf11magm function is valid between the heights of 1000 meters to 600000 meters. The igrf11magm function is valid between the years of 1900 and 2015. This function has the limitations of the International Geomagnetic Reference Field (IGRF).
Input Arguments
height
Scalar distance, in meters, from the surface of the Earth.

latitude
Scalar geodetic latitude, in degrees. North latitude is positive, south latitude is negative.
longitude
4-253
igrf11magm
Scalar geodetic longitude, in degrees. East longitude is positive, west longitude is negative.
decimal_year
Scalar year, in decimal format. This value is the desired year to include any fraction of the year that has already passed.
Output Arguments
mag_field_vector
Magnetic field vector, in nanotesla (nT). Z is the vertical component (+ve down).
hor_intensity
Horizontal intensity, in nanotesla (nT).

declination
Declination, in degrees (+ve east).

inclination
Inclination, in degrees (+ve down).

total_intensity
Total intensity, in nanotesla (nT).

mag_field_sec_variation
Secular variation in magnetic field vector, in nT/year. Z is the vertical component (+ve down).
sec_variation_horizontal
Secular variation in horizontal intensity, in nT/year.

sec_variation_declination
Secular variation in declination, in minutes/year (+ve east).
4-254
igrf11magm
sec_variation_inclination
Secular variation in inclination, in minutes/year (+ve down).

sec_variation_total
Secular variation in total intensity, in nT/year.
Examples
Calculate the magnetic model 1000 meters over Natick, Massachusetts on July 4, 2005 using IGRF-11:
[XYZ, H, DEC, DIP, F] = igrf11magm(1000, 42.283, -71.35, ... decyear(2005,7,4)) XYZ = 1.0e+004 * 1.8982 H = 1.9675e+004 DEC = -15.2524 DIP = 68.3467 F = 5.3320e+004 -0.5176 4.9558
4-255
igrf11magm
References
Lowes, F. J. The International Geomagnetic Reference Field: A Health Warning. January, 2010.
http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/IAGA/vmod/igrfhw.html
Blakely, R. J. Potential Theory in Gravity & Magnetic Applications, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 1996.
4-256
Aero.Animation.initialize
Create animation object figure and axes and build patches for bodies
initialize(h) h.initialize initialize(h) and h.initialize create a figure and axes for the animation object h, and builds patches for the bodies associated with
the animation object. If there is an existing figure, this function

1 Clears out the old figure and its patches. 2 Creates a new figure and axes with default values. 3 Repopulates the axes with new patches using the surface to patch
data from each body.
Animation object.
Initialize the animation object, h.

h = Aero.Animation; h.initialize();
4-257
initialize (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Set up FlightGear animation object

initialize(h) h.initialize initialize(h) and h.initialize set up the FlightGear version, IP address, and socket for the FlightGear animation object h.
Initialize the animation object, h.

h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation; h.initialize();
See Also
delete | play | GenerateRunScript | update
4-258
initialize (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Create and populate virtual reality animation object

initialize(h) h.initialize initialize(h) and h.initialize create a virtual reality animation world and populate the virtual reality animation object h. If a previously
initialized virtual reality animation object existgs, and that object has user-specified data, this function saves the previous object to be reset after the initialization.
Examples
Initialize the virtual reality animation object, h.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize();
See Also
delete | play
4-259
Aero.Animation.initIfNeeded
Initialize animation graphics if needed

initIfNeeded(h) h.initIfNeeded initIfNeeded(h) and h.initIfNeeded initialize animation object
graphics if necessary.
Animation object.
Initialize the animation object graphics of h as needed.

h=Aero.Animation; h.initIfNeeded;
4-260
juliandate
Purpose Syntax
Calculate Julian date

jd jd jd jd jd jd = = = = = = juliandate(v) juliandate(s,f) juliandate(y,mo,d) juliandate([y,mo,d]) juliandate(y,mo,d,h,mi,s) juliandate([y,mo,d,h,mi,s])
Description
jd = juliandate(v) converts one or more date vectors, v, into Julian date, jd. Input v can be an m-by-6 or m-by-3 matrix containing m full or partial date vectors, respectively. juliandate returns a column vector of m Julian dates, which are the number of days and fractions since noon Universal Time on January 1, 4713 BCE.
jd = juliandate(s,f) converts one or more date strings, s, into Julian date, jd, using format string f. s can be a character array where each row corresponds to one date string, or a one-dimensional cell array of strings. juliandate returns a column vector of m Julian dates, where m is the number of strings in s.
All of the date strings in s must have the same format f, which must be composed of date format symbols listed in the datestr function reference page. Formats containing the letter Q are not accepted by juliandate. Certain formats may not contain enough information to compute a date number. In those cases, hours, minutes, and seconds default to 0, days default to 1, months default to January, and years default to the current year. Date strings with two-character years are interpreted to be within the 100 years centered around the current year.
jd = juliandate(y,mo,d) and jd = juliandate([y,mo,d]) return the decimal year for corresponding elements of the y,mo,d
4-261
juliandate
(year,month,day) arrays. y, mo, and d must be arrays of the same size (or any of them can be a scalar).
jd = juliandate(y,mo,d,h,mi,s) and jd = juliandate([y,mo,d,h,mi,s]) return the Julian dates for corresponding elements of the y,mo,d,h,mi,s
(year,month,day,hour,minute,second) arrays. The six arguments must be arrays of the same size (or any of them can be a scalar).
Examples
Calculate Julian date for May 24, 2005:

jd = juliandate('24-May-2005','dd-mmm-yyyy') jd = 2.4535e+006
Calculate Julian date for December 19, 2006:

jd = juliandate(2006,12,19) jd = 2.4541e+006
Calculate Julian date for October 10, 2004, at 12:21:00 p.m.:

jd = juliandate(2004,10,10,12,21,0) jd = 2.4533e+006
This function is valid for all common era (CE) dates in the Gregorian calendar. The calculation of Julian date does not take into account leap seconds.
decyear | leapyear | mjuliandate
4-262
leapyear
Determine leap year

ly = leapyear(year) ly = leapyear(year) determines whether one or more years are leap years or not. The output, ly, is a logical array. year should be numeric.
Determine whether 2005 is a leap year:

ly = leapyear(2005) ly = 0
Determine whether 2000, 2005, and 2020 are leap years:

ly = leapyear([2000 2005 2020]) ly = 1 0 1
The determination of leap years is done by Gregorian calendar rules.
decyear | juliandate | mjuliandate
4-263
lla2ecef
Purpose Syntax
Convert geodetic coordinates to Earth-centered Earth-fixed (ECEF) coordinates

p = lla2ecef(lla) p = lla2ecef(lla, model) p = lla2ecef(lla, f, Re) p = lla2ecef(lla) converts an m-by-3 array of geodetic coordinates (latitude, longitude and altitude), lla, to an m-by-3 array of ECEF coordinates, p. lla is in [degrees degrees meters]. p is in meters. The
Description
default ellipsoid planet is WGS84.

p = lla2ecef(lla, model) is an alternate method for converting the coordinates for a specific ellipsoid planet. Currently only 'WGS84' is supported for model. p = lla2ecef(lla, f, Re) is another alternate method for converting the coordinates for a custom ellipsoid planet defined by flattening, f, and the equatorial radius, Re, in meters.
Examples
Determine ECEF coordinates at a latitude, longitude, and altitude:

p = lla2ecef([0 45 1000])
p = 1.0e+006 * 4.5107 4.5107 0
Determine ECEF coordinates at multiple latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes, specifying WGS84 ellipsoid model:
p = lla2ecef([0 45 1000; 45 90 2000], 'WGS84')
p =
4-264
lla2ecef
1.0e+006 * 4.5107 0.0000 4.5107 4.5190 0 4.4888
Determine ECEF coordinates at multiple latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes, specifying custom ellipsoid model:
f = 1/196.877360; Re = 3397000; p = lla2ecef([0 45 1000; 45 90 2000], f, Re)
p = 1.0e+006 * 2.4027 0.0000 2.4027 2.4096 0 2.3852
See Also
ecef2lla | geoc2geod | geod2geoc
4-265
lla2flat
Purpose Syntax
Estimate flat Earth position from geodetic latitude, longitude, and altitude
flatearth_pos = lla2flat(lla, llo, psio, href) flatearth_pos = lla2flat(lla, llo, psio, href, ellipsoidModel) flatearth_pos = lla2flat(lla, llo, psio, href, flattening, equatorialRadius) flatearth_pos = lla2flat(lla, llo, psio, href) estimates an array of flat Earth coordinates, flatearth_pos, from an array of geodetic coordinates, lla. This function estimates the flatearth_pos
Description
value with respect to a reference location that llo, psio, and href define.
flatearth_pos = lla2flat(lla, llo, psio, href, ellipsoidModel) estimates the coordinates for a specific ellipsoid
planet.
flatearth_pos = lla2flat(lla, llo, psio, href, flattening, equatorialRadius) estimates the coordinates for a custom ellipsoid
planet defined by flattening and equatorialRadius.
Tips
This function assumes that the flight path and bank angle are zero. This function assumes that the flat Earth z-axis is normal to the Earth only at the initial geodetic latitude and longitude. This function has higher accuracy over small distances from the initial geodetic latitude and longitude. It also has higher accuracy at distances closer to the equator. The function calculates a longitude with higher accuracy when the variations in latitude are smaller. Additionally, longitude is singular at the poles.
Input Arguments
lla m-by-3 array of geodetic coordinates (latitude, longitude, and altitude), in [degrees, degrees, meters].
4-266
lla2flat
llo
Reference location, in degrees, of latitude and longitude, for the origin of the estimation and the origin of the flat Earth coordinate system.
psio
Angular direction of flat Earth x-axis (degrees clockwise from north), which is the angle in degrees used for converting flat Earth x and y coordinates to the North and East coordinates.
href
Reference height from the surface of the Earth to the flat Earth frame with regard to the flat Earth frame, in meters.
ellipsoidModel
String that specifies the specific ellipsoid planet model. This function supports only 'WGS84'. Default: WGS84
flattening

equatorialRadius
Planetary equatorial radius, in meters.
flatearth_pos
Flat Earth position coordinates, in meters. Estimate coordinates at latitude, longitude, and altitude:
p = lla2flat( [ 0.1 44.95 1000 ], [0 45], 5, -100 ) p =
4-267
lla2flat
1.0e+004 * 1.0530 -0.6509 -0.0900
Estimate coordinates at multiple latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes, specifying the WGS84 ellipsoid model:
p = lla2flat( [ 0.1 44.95 1000; -0.05 45.3 2000 ], [0 45], 5, -100, 'WGS84' )
p =
1.0e+004 *
1.0530 -0.2597
-0.6509 3.3751
-0.0900 -0.1900
Estimate coordinates at multiple latitudes, longitudes, and altitudes, specifying a custom ellipsoid model:
f = 1/196.877360; Re = 3397000; p = lla2flat( [ 0.1 44.95 1000; -0.05 45.3 2000 ], [0 45], 5, -100, f, Re )
p =
1.0e+004 *
0.5588 -0.1373
-0.3465 1.7975
-0.0900 -0.1900
Algorithms
The estimation begins by finding the small changes in latitude and longitude from the output latitude and longitude minus the initial latitude and longitude.
4-268
lla2flat
d = 0 d = 0
To convert geodetic latitude and longitude to the North and East coordinates, the estimation uses the radius of curvature in the prime vertical (RN) and the radius of curvature in the meridian (RM). RN and RM are defined by the following relationships:
RN =
R 1 (2 f f 2 ) sin 2 0 1 (2 f f 2 ) 1 (2 f f 2 ) sin 2 0
RM = RN
where (R) is the equatorial radius of the planet and f is the flattening of the planet. Small changes in the North (dN) and East (dE) positions are approximated from small changes in the North and East positions by
d 1 atan RM d dE = 1 atan RN cos 0 dN =

With the conversion of the North and East coordinates to the flat Earth x and y coordinates, the transformation has the form of
px cos p = y sin
where
sin N cos E
4-269
lla2flat
( )
is the angle in degrees clockwise between the x-axis and north. The flat Earth z-axis value is the negative altitude minus the reference height (href).
pz = h href
References
Etkin, B., Dynamics of Atmospheric Flight. NewYork: John Wiley & Sons, 1972. Stevens, B. L., and F. L. Lewis, Aircraft Control and Simulation, 2nd ed. New York: John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
See Also
flat2lla
4-270
load (Aero.Body)
Purpose Syntax
Get geometry data from source

load(h, bodyDataSrc) h.load(bodyDataSrc) load(h, bodyDataSrc, geometrysource) h.load(bodyDataSrc, geometrysource) load(h, bodyDataSrc) and h.load(bodyDataSrc) load the graphics
Description
data from the body graphics file. This command assumes a default geometry source type set to Auto.
load(h, bodyDataSrc, geometrysource) and h.load(bodyDataSrc, geometrysource) load the graphics data from the body graphics file, bodyDataSrc, into the face, vertex, and color data of the animation body object h. Then, when axes ax is available, you can use this data to generate patches with generatePatches. geometrysource is the
geometry source type for the body. By default geometrysource is set to Auto, which recognizes .mat extensions as MAT-files, .ac extensions as Ac3d files, and structures containing fields of name, faces, vertices, and cdata as MATLAB variables. If you want to use alternate file extensions or file types, enter one of the following: Auto Variable MatFile Ac3d Custom
Examples
Load the graphic data from the graphic data file, pa24-250_orange.ac, into b.
b=Aero.Body; b.load('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d');
4-271
load (Aero.Body)
See Also
generatePatches | move | update
4-272
machnumber
Compute Mach number using velocity and speed of sound

mach = machnumber(v, a) mach = machnumber(v, a) computes m Mach numbers, mach, from an m-by-3 array of velocities, v, and an array of m speeds of sound, a. v and a must have the same length units.
Examples
Determine the Mach number for velocity and speed of sound in feet per second:
mach = machnumber([84.3905 33.7562 10.1269], 1116.4505)
mach = 0.0819
Determine the Mach number for velocity and speed of sound in meters per second:
mach = machnumber([25.7222 10.2889 3.0867], [340.2941 295.0696])
mach = 0.0819 0.0945
Determine the Mach number for velocity and speed of sound in knots:
mach = machnumber([50 20 6; 5 0.5 2], [661.4789 573.5694])
mach = 0.0819 0.0094
4-273
machnumber
See Also
airspeed | alphabeta | dpressure
4-274
mjuliandate
Purpose Syntax
Calculate modified Julian date

mjd mjd mjd mjd mjd mjd = = = = = = mjuliandate(v) mjuliandate(s,f) mjuliandate(y,mo,d) mjuliandate([y,mo,d]) mjuliandate(y,mo,d,h,mi,s) mjuliandate([y,mo,d,h,mi,s])
Description
mjd = mjuliandate(v) converts one or more date vectors, v, into modified Julian date, mjd. Input v can be an m-by-6 or m-by-3 matrix containing m full or partial date vectors, respectively. mjuliandate returns a column vector of m modified Julian dates. Modified Julian dates begin at midnight rather than noon and have the first two digits of the corresponding Julian date removed.
mjd = mjuliandate(s,f) converts one or more date strings, s, into modified Julian date, mjd, using format string f. s can be a
character array where each row corresponds to one date string, or a one-dimensional cell array of strings. mjuliandate returns a column vector of m modified Julian dates, where m is the number of strings in s. All of the date strings in s must have the same format f, which must be composed of date format symbols listed in the datestr function reference page. Formats containing the letter Q are not accepted by mjuliandate. Certain formats may not contain enough information to compute a date number. In those cases, hours, minutes, and seconds default to 0, days default to 1, months default to January, and years default to the current year. Date strings with two-character years are interpreted to be within the 100 years centered around the current year.
4-275
mjuliandate
mjd = mjuliandate(y,mo,d) and mjd = mjuliandate([y,mo,d]) return the decimal year for corresponding elements of the y,mo,d (year,month,day) arrays. y, mo, and d must be arrays of the same size
(or any of them can be a scalar).

mjd = mjuliandate(y,mo,d,h,mi,s) and mjd = mjuliandate([y,mo,d,h,mi,s]) return the modified Julian dates for corresponding elements of the y,mo,d,h,mi,s
(year,month,day,hour,minute,second) arrays. The six arguments must be arrays of the same size (or any of them can be a scalar).
Examples
Calculate the modified Julian date for May 24, 2005:

mjd = mjuliandate('24-May-2005','dd-mmm-yyyy') mjd = 53514
Calculate the modified Julian date for December 19, 2006:

mjd = mjuliandate(2006,12,19) mjd = 54088
Calculate the modified Julian date for October 10, 2004, at 12:21:00 p.m.:
mjd = mjuliandate(2004,10,10,12,21,0) mjd = 5.3289e+004
4-276
mjuliandate
This function is valid for all common era (CE) dates in the Gregorian calendar. The calculation of modified Julian date does not take into account leap seconds.
decyear | juliandate | leapyear
4-277
move (Aero.Body)
Change animation body position and orientation

move(h, translation, rotation) h.move(translation,rotation) move(h, translation, rotation) and h.move(translation,rotation) set a new position and orientation for the body object h. translation is a 1-by-3 matrix in the aerospace body x-y-z coordinate system. rotation is a 1-by-3 matrix, in radians, that specifies the rotations about the right-hand x-y-z
sequence of coordinate axes. The order of application of the rotation is z-y-x (r-q-p).
Examples
Change animation body position to newpos and newrot.

h = Aero.Body; h.load('ac3d_xyzisrgb.ac','Ac3d'); newpos = h.Position + 1.00; newrot = h.Rotation + 0.01; h.move(newpos,newrot);
See Also
load
4-278
move (Aero.Node)
Change node translation and rotation

move(h,translation,rotation) h.move(translation,rotation) move(h,translation,rotation) and h.move(translation,rotation) set a new position and orientation for the node object h. translation is a 1-by-3 matrix in the aerospace body x-y-z coordinate system
or another coordinate system. In the latter case, you can use the
CoordTransformFcn function to move it into an aerospace body. The
defined aerospace body coordinate system is defined relative to the screen as x-left, y-in, z-down.
rotation is a 1-by-3 matrix, in radians, that specifies the rotations about the right-hand x-y-z sequence of coordinate axes. The order of application of the rotation is z-y-x (r-q-p). This function uses the CoordTransformFcn to apply the translation and rotation from the input coordinate system to the aerospace body. The function then moves the translation and rotation from the aerospace body to the VRML x-y-z coordinates. The defined VRML coordinate system is defined relative to the screen as x-right, y-up, z-out.
Examples
Move the Lynx body. This example uses the Simulink 3D Animation vrnode/getfield function to retrieve the translation and rotation. These coordinates are those used in the Simulink 3D Animation software.
h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); newtrans = getfield(h.Nodes{4}.VRNode,'translation') + 1.0; newrot = getfield(h.Nodes{4}.VRNode,'rotation') + [.2 0.01 0.01 0.01]; h.Nodes{4}.move(newtrans,newrot);
4-279
move (Aero.Node)
Limitations
This function cannot get the node position in aerospace body coordinates; it needs to use the CoordTransformFcn to do so. This function cannot set a viewpoint position or orientation (see
addViewpoint).
See Also
addNode
4-280
Aero.Animation.moveBody
Move body in animation object

moveBody(h,idx,translation,rotation) h.moveBody(idx,translation,rotation) moveBody(h,idx,translation,rotation) and h.moveBody(idx,translation,rotation) set a new position and attitude for the body specified with the index idx in the animation object h. translation is a 1-by-3 matrix in the aerospace body coordinate system. rotation is a 1-by-3 matrix, in radians, that specifies the rotations about the right-hand x-y-z sequence of coordinate axes. The order of application of the rotation is z-y-x (R-Q-P).
Input Arguments
h translation rotation
Animation object. 1-by-3 matrix in the aerospace body coordinate system. 1-by-3 matrix, in radians, that specifies the rotations about the right-hand x-y-z sequence of coordinate axes. Body specified with this index.
idx
Examples
Move the body with the index 1 to position offset from the original by + [0 0 -3] and rotation, rot1.
h = Aero.Animation; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); pos1 = h.Bodies{1}.Position; rot1 = h.Bodies{1}.Rotation; h.moveBody(1,pos1 + [0 0 -3],rot1);
4-281
Node (Aero.Node)
Create node object for use with virtual reality animation

h = Aero.Node h = Aero.Node creates a node object for use with virtual reality
animation. See Aero.Node for further details.
See Also
Aero.Node
4-282
nodeInfo (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Purpose Syntax
Create list of nodes associated with virtual reality animation object

nodeInfo(h) h.nodeInfo n = nodeInfo(h) n = h.nodeInfo nodeInfo(h) and h.nodeInfo create a list of nodes associated with the virtual reality animation object, h. n = nodeInfo(h) and n = h.nodeInfo create a cell array (n) that contains the node information. The function stores the information in a cell array as follows: N{1,n} = Node Index N{2,n} = Node Name N{3,n} = Node Type
Description
where n is the number of nodes. You might want to use this function to find an existing node by name and then perform a certain action on it using the node index.
Examples
Create list of nodes associated with virtual reality animation object, h.
h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); h.nodeInfo;
See Also
addNode
4-283
Aero.Animation.play
Animate Aero.Animation object given position/angle time series

play(h) play.h play(h) and play.h animate the loaded geometry in h for the current TimeseriesDataSource at the specified rate given by the 'TimeScaling' property (in seconds of animation data per second of
wall-clock time) and animated at a certain number of frames per second using the 'FramesPerSecond' property. The time series data is interpreted according to the 'TimeseriesSourceType' property, which can be one of:
'Timeseries'

x y z phi theta psi

'Simulink.Timeseries'
Simulink.Timeseries (Simulink signal logging): First data item

x y z
Second data item

phi theta psi
4-284
Aero.Animation.play
'StructureWithTime'
Simulink struct with time (for example, Simulink root outport logging 'Structure with time'): signals(1).values: signals(2).values:
psi x y z phi theta

'Array6DoF'
A double-precision array in n rows and 7 columns for 6-DoF data: time x y z phi theta psi. If a double-precision array of 8 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 7 columns are used as 6-DoF data. A double-precision array in n rows and 4 columns for 3-DoF data: time x z theta. If a double-precision array of 5 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 4 columns are used as 3-DoF data. Position and angle data is retrieved from 'TimeseriesSource' by the currently registered 'TimeseriesReadFcn'.
'Array3DoF'
'Custom'
The following are limitations for the TStart and TFinal values: TStart and TFinal must be numeric. TStart and TFinal cannot be Inf or NaN. TFinal must be greater than or equal to TStart.
4-285
Aero.Animation.play
TFinal cannot be greater than the maximum Timeseries time. TStart cannot be less than the minimum Timeseries time. The time advancement algorithm used by play is based on animation frames counted by ticks:
ticks = ticks + 1; time = tstart + ticks*FramesPerSecond*TimeScaling;
where
TimeScaling FramesPerSecond
Specify the seconds of animation data per second of wall-clock time. Specify the number of frames per second used to animate the 'TimeseriesSource'.
For default 'TimeseriesReadFcn' methods, the last frame played is the last time value. Time is in seconds, position values are in the same units as the geometry data loaded into the animation object, and all angles are in radians. Note If there is a 15% difference between the expected time advance and the actual time advance, this method will generate the following warning:
TimerPeriod has been set to <value>. You may wish to modify the animation TimeScaling and FramesPerSecond properties to compensate for the millisecond limit of the TimerPeriod. See documentation for details.
Input Arguments
Animation object.
4-286
Aero.Animation.play
Examples
Animate the body, idx1, for the duration of the time series data.
h = Aero.Animation; h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); load simdata; h.Bodies{1}.TimeSeriesSource = simdata; h.show(); h.play();
4-287
play (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Animate FlightGear flight simulator using given position/angle time series

play(h) h.play play(h) and h.play animate FlightGear flight simulator using specified time series data in h. The time series data can be set in h by using the property 'TimeseriesSource'.
'Timeseries'

latitude longitude altitude phi theta psi

'StructureWithTime'
longitude altitude latitude phi theta
signals(2).values:
psi
4-288
'Array6DoF'
A double-precision array in n rows and 7 columns for 6-DoF data: time

latitude longitude altitude phi theta psi. If a double-precision
array of 8 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 7 columns are used as 6-DoF data.
'Array3DoF'
A double-precision array in n rows and 4 columns for 3-DoF data: time latitude altitude theta. If a double-precision array of 5 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 4 columns are used as 3-DoF data. Position and angle data is retrieved from 'TimeseriesSource' by the currently registered 'TimeseriesReadFcn'.
'Custom'
The time advancement algorithm used by play is based on animation frames counted by ticks:
where
For default 'TimeseriesReadFcn' methods, the last frame played is the last time value.
4-289
Time is in seconds, position values are in the same units as the geometry model to be used by FlightGear (see the property 'GeometryModelName'), and all angles are in radians. A possible result of using incorrect units is the early termination of the FlightGear flight simulator. Note If there is a 15% difference between the expected time advance and the actual time advance, this method will generate the following warning:
TimerPeriod has been set to <value>. You may wish to modify the animation TimeScaling and FramesPerSecond properties to compensate for the millisecond limit of the TimerPeriod. See documentation for details.
The play method supports FlightGear animation objects with custom timers.
Limitations
The following are limitations for the TStart and TFinal values: TStart and TFinal must be numeric. TStart and TFinal cannot be Inf or NaN. TFinal must be greater than or equal to TStart. TFinal cannot be greater than the maximum Timeseries time. TStart cannot be less than the minimum Timeseries time.
Examples
Animate FlightGear flight simulator using the given 'Array3DoF' position/angle time series data:
data = [86.2667 -2.13757034184404 7050.896596 -0.135186746141248;... 87.2833 -2.13753906554384 6872.545051 -0.117321084678936;... 88.2583 -2.13751089592972 6719.405713 -0.145815609299676;... 89.275 -2.13747984652232 6550.117118 -0.150635248762596;... -0.143124782831999;... 90.2667 -2.13744993157894 6385.05883
4-290
91.275 92.275
-2.13742019116849 6220.358163 -0.147946202530756;... -2.13739055547779 6056.906647 -0.167529704309343;...
93.2667 -2.13736104196014 5892.356118 -0.152547361677911;... 94.2583 -2.13733161570895 5728.201718 -0.161979312941906;... 95.2583 -2.13730231163081 5562.923808 -0.122276929636682;... 96.2583 -2.13727405475022 5406.736322 -0.160421658944379;... 97.2667 -2.1372440001805 h = fganimation h.TimeseriesSource = data h.TimeseriesSourceType = 'Array3DoF' play(h) 5239.138477 -0.150591353731908;... -0.147737722951605]; 98.2583 -2.13721598764601 5082.78798
Animate FlightGear flight simulator using the custom timer, MyFGTimer.

h.SetTimer('MyFGTimer') h.play('MyFGTimer')
See Also
GenerateRunScript | initialize | update
4-291
play (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Animate virtual reality world for given position and angle in time series data
play(h) h.play play(h) and h.play animate the virtual reality world in h for the current TimeseriesDataSource at the specified rate given by the 'TimeScaling' property (in seconds of animation data per second of
wall-clock time) and animated at a certain number of frames per second using the 'FramesPerSecond' property. The time series data is interpreted according to the 'TimeseriesSourceType' property, which can be one of:
'timeseries'

x y z phi theta psi

'Simulink.Timeseries'
Simulink.Timeseries (Simulink signal logging): First data item

x y z
Second data item

phi theta psi
4-292
'StructureWithTime'
Simulink struct with time (for example, Simulink root outport logging 'Structure with time'): signals(1).values: signals(2).values:
psi x y z phi theta

'Array6DoF'
A double-precision array in n rows and 7 columns for 6-DoF data: time x y z phi theta psi. If a double-precision array of 8 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 7 columns are used as 6-DoF data. A double-precision array in n rows and 4 columns for 3-DoF data: time x z theta. If a double-precision array of 5 or more columns is in 'TimeseriesSource', the first 4 columns are used as 3-DoF data. Position and angle data is retrieved from 'TimeseriesSource' by the currently registered 'TimeseriesReadFcn'.
'Array3DoF'
'Custom'
The time advancement algorithm used by play is based on animation frames counted by ticks:
where
4-293
For default 'TimeseriesReadFcn' methods, the last frame played is the last time value. Time is in seconds, position values are in the same units as the geometry data loaded into the animation object, and all angles are in radians.
Examples
Animate virtual reality world, asttkoff.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); load takeoffData h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSource = takeoffData; h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSourceType = 'StructureWithTime'; h.Nodes{7}.CoordTransformFcn = @vranimCustomTransform; h.play();
See Also
initialize
4-294
quat2angle
Convert quaternion to rotation angles

[r1 r2 r3] = quat2angle(q) [r1 r2 r3] = quat2angle(q, s) [r1 r2 r3] = quat2angle(q) calculates the set of rotation angles, r1, r2, r3, for a given quaternion, q. q is an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. Each element of q must be a real number. q has its
scalar number as the first column. Rotation angles are output in radians.
r1
Returns an m array of first rotation angles.

r2
Returns an m array of second rotation angles.

r3
Returns an m array of third rotation angles.

[r1 r2 r3] = quat2angle(q, s) calculates the set of rotation angles, r1, r2, r3, for a given quaternion, q, and a specified rotation sequence, s.
The default rotation sequence is 'ZYX', where r1 is z-axis rotation, r2 is y-axis rotation, and r3 is x-axis rotation. Supported rotation sequence strings are 'ZYX', 'ZYZ', 'ZXY', 'ZXZ', 'YXZ', 'YXY', 'YZX', 'YZY', 'XYZ', 'XYX', 'XZY', and 'XZX'.
Examples
Determine the rotation angles from q = [1 0 1 0].

[yaw, pitch, roll] = quat2angle([1 0 1 0]) yaw = 0 pitch = 1.5708 roll = 0
4-295
quat2angle
Determine the rotation angles from multiple quaternions.

q = [1 0 1 0; 1 0.5 0.3 0.1]; [pitch, roll, yaw] = quat2angle(q, 'YXZ') pitch = 1.5708 0.8073 roll = 0 0.7702 yaw = 0 0.5422
The limitations for the 'ZYX', 'ZXY', 'YXZ', 'YZX', 'XYZ', and 'XZY' implementations generate an r2 angle that lies between 90 degrees, and r1 and r3 angles that lie between 180 degrees. The limitations for the 'ZYZ', 'ZXZ', 'YXY', 'YZY', 'XYX', and 'XZX' implementations generate an r2 angle that lies between 0 and 180 degrees, and r1 and r3 angles that lie between 180 degrees.
See Also
angle2dcm | angle2quat | dcm2angle | dcm2quat | quat2dcm
4-296
quat2dcm
Convert quaternion to direction cosine matrix

n = quat2dcm(q) n = quat2dcm(q) calculates the direction cosine matrix, n, for a given quaternion, q. Input q is an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. n returns a 3-by-3-by-m matrix of direction cosine matrices. The direction cosine matrix performs the coordinate transformation of a vector in inertial axes to a vector in body axes. Each element of q must be a real number. Additionally, q has its scalar number as the first column.
Examples
Determine the direction cosine matrix from q = [1 0 1 0]:

dcm = quat2dcm([1 0 1 0])
dcm = 0 0 1.0000 0 1.0000 0 -1.0000 0 0
Determine the direction cosine matrices from multiple quaternions:

q = [1 0 1 0; 1 0.5 0.3 0.1]; dcm = quat2dcm(q)
dcm(:,:,1) = 0 0 1.0000 0 1.0000 0 -1.0000 0 0
dcm(:,:,2) =
4-297
quat2dcm
0.8519 0.0741 0.5185
0.3704 0.6148 -0.6963
-0.3704 0.7852 0.4963
See Also
angle2dcm | dcm2angle | dcm2quat | angle2quat | quat2angle | quatrotate
4-298
quatconj
Calculate conjugate of quaternion

n = quatconj(q) n = quatconj(q) calculates the conjugate, n, for a given quaternion, q. Input q is an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. n returns an m-by-4 matrix of conjugates. Each element of q must be a real number. Additionally, q has its scalar number as the first column.
Examples
Determine the conjugate of q = [1 0 1 0]:

conj = quatconj([1 0 1 0])
conj = 1 0 -1 0
See Also
quatdivide | quatinv | quatmod | quatmultiply | quatnorm | quatnormalize | quatrotate
4-299
quatdivide
Divide quaternion by another quaternion

n = quatdivide(q,r) n = quatdivide(q,r) calculates the result of quaternion division, n, for two given quaternions, q and r. Inputs q and r can each be either an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions, or a single 1-by-4 quaternion. n returns an m-by-4 matrix of quaternion quotients. Each element of q and r must be a real number. Additionally, q and r have their scalar number as the first column.
Examples
Determine the division of two 1-by-4 quaternions:

q = [1 0 1 0]; r = [1 0.5 0.5 0.75]; d = quatdivide(q, r)
d = 0.7273 0.1212 0.2424 -0.6061
Determine the division of a 2-by-4 quaternion by a 1-by-4 quaternion:

q = [1 0 1 0; 2 1 0.1 0.1]; r = [1 0.5 0.5 0.75]; d = quatdivide(q, r)
d = 0.7273 1.2727 0.1212 0.0121 0.2424 -0.7758 -0.6061 -0.4606
See Also
quatconj | quatinv | quatmod | quatmultiply | quatnorm | quatnormalize | quatrotate
4-300
quatinv
Calculate inverse of quaternion

n = quatinv(q) n = quatinv(q) calculates the inverse, n, for a given quaternion, q. Input q is an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. n returns an m-by-4 matrix of inverses. Each element of q must be a real number. Additionally, q has its scalar number as the first column.
Examples
Determine the inverse of q = [1 0 1 0]:

qinv = quatinv([1 0 1 0])
qinv = 0.5000 0 -0.5000 0
See Also
quatconj | quatdivide | quatmod | quatmultiply | quatnorm | quatnormalize | quatrotate
4-301
quatmod
Calculate modulus of quaternion

n = quatmod(q) n = quatmod(q) calculates the modulus, n, for a given quaternion, q. Input q is an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. n returns a column vector of m moduli. Each element of q must be a real number. Additionally, q has its scalar number as the first column.
Examples
Determine the modulus of q = [1 0 0 0]:

mod = quatmod([1 0 0 0])
mod = 1
See Also
quatconj | quatdivide | quatinv | quatmultiply | quatnorm | quatnormalize | quatrotate
4-302
quatmultiply
Calculate product of two quaternions

n = quatmultiply(q,r) n = quatmultiply(q,r) calculates the quaternion product, n, for two given quaternions, q and r. Inputs q and r can each be either an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions, or a single 1-by-4 quaternion. n returns an m-by-4 matrix of quaternion products. Each element of q and r must be a real number. Additionally, q and r have their scalar number as the first column.
Note Quaternion multiplication is not commutative.
Examples
Determine the product of two 1-by-4 quaternions:

q = [1 0 1 0]; r = [1 0.5 0.5 0.75]; mult = quatmultiply(q, r)
mult = 0.5000 1.2500 1.5000 0.2500
Determine the product of a 1-by-4 quaternion with itself:

q = [1 0 1 0]; mult = quatmultiply(q)
mult = 0 0 2 0
4-303
quatmultiply
Determine the product of 1-by-4 and 2-by-4 quaternions:

q = [1 0 1 0]; r = [1 0.5 0.5 0.75; 2 1 0.1 0.1]; mult = quatmultiply(q, r)
mult = 0.5000 1.9000 1.2500 1.1000 1.5000 2.1000 0.2500 -0.9000
See Also
quatconj | quatdivide | quatinv | quatmod | quatnorm | quatnormalize | quatrotate
4-304
quatnorm
Calculate norm of quaternion

n = quatnorm(q) n = quatnorm(q) calculates the norm, n, for a given quaternion, q. Input q is an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. n returns a column vector of m norms. Each element of q must be a real number. Additionally, q has its scalar number as the first column.
Examples
Determine the norm of q = [1 0 0 0]:

norm = quatnorm([1 0 0 0])
norm = 1
See Also
quatconj | quatdivide | quatinv | quatmod | quatmultiply | quatnormalize | quatrotate
4-305
quatnormalize
Normalize quaternion
n = quatnormalize(q) n = quatnormalize(q) calculates the normalized quaternion, n, for a given quaternion, q. Input q is an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions. n returns an m-by-4 matrix of normalized quaternions. Each element of q must be a real number. Additionally, q has its scalar
number as the first column.
Examples
Normalize q = [1 0 1 0]:
normal = quatnormalize([1 0 1 0])
normal = 0.7071 0 0.7071 0
See Also
quatconj | quatdivide | quatinv | quatmod | quatmultiply | quatnorm | quatrotate
4-306
quatrotate
Rotate vector by quaternion

n = quatrotate(q,r) n = quatrotate(q,r) calculates the rotated vector, n, for a quaternion, q, and a vector, r. q is either an m-by-4 matrix containing m quaternions, or a single 1-by-4 quaternion. r is either an m-by-3 matrix, or a single 1-by-3 vector. n returns an m-by-3 matrix of rotated vectors. Each element of q and r must be a real number. Additionally, q has its scalar
number as the first column.
Examples
Rotate a 1-by-3 vector by a 1-by-4 quaternion:

q = [1 0 1 0]; r = [1 1 1]; n = quatrotate(q, r)
n = -1.0000 1.0000 1.0000

q = [1 0 1 0; 1 0.5 0.3 0.1]; r = [1 1 1]; n = quatrotate(q, r)
n = -1.0000 0.8519 1.0000 1.4741 1.0000 0.3185

q = [1 0 1 0]; r = [1 1 1; 2 3 4];
4-307
quatrotate
n = quatrotate(q, r)
n = -1.0000 -4.0000 1.0000 3.0000 1.0000 2.0000

q = [1 0 1 0; 1 0.5 0.3 0.1]; r = [1 1 1; 2 3 4]; n = quatrotate(q, r)
n = -1.0000 1.3333 1.0000 5.1333 1.0000 0.9333
See Also
quatconj | quatinv | quatmod | quatmultiply | quatnorm | quatnormalize
4-308
read (Aero.Geometry)
Read geometry data using current reader

read(h, source) read(h, source) reads the geometry data of the geometry object h. source can be:
'Auto' Selects default reader. 'Variable' Selects MATLAB variable of type structure structures that contains the fieldsname, faces, vertices, and cdata that define the geometry in the Handle Graphics patches. 'MatFile' Selects MAT-file reader. 'Ac3dFile' Selects Ac3d file reader. 'Custom' Selects a custom reader.
Examples
Read geometry data from Ac3d file, pa24-250_orange.ac.

g = Aero.Geometry; g.Source = 'Ac3d'; g.read('pa24-250_orange.ac');
4-309
Aero.Animation.removeBody
Remove one body from animation

h = removeBody(h,idx) h = h.removeBody(idx) h = removeBody(h,idx) and h = h.removeBody(idx) remove the body specified by the index idx from the animation object h.
h idx
Animation object. Body specified with this index.
Remove the body identified by the index, 1.

h = Aero.Animation; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); h = removeBody(h,1)
4-310
removeNode (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Remove node from virtual reality animation object

removeNode(h,node) h.removeNode(node) removeNode(h,node) and h.removeNode(node) remove the node specified by node from the virtual reality animation object h. node can be either the node name or the node index. This function can remove only one node at a time.
Note You can use only this function to remove a node added by addNode. If you need to remove a node from a previously defined .wrl file, use a VRML editor.
Examples
Remove the node, Lynx1.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); h.addNode('Lynx1',[matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/chaseHelicopter.wrl']); h.removeNode('Lynx1');
See Also
addNode
4-311
removeViewpoint (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Remove viewpoint node from virtual reality animation

removeViewpoint(h,viewpoint) h.removeViewpoint(viewpoint) removeViewpoint(h,viewpoint) and h.removeViewpoint(viewpoint) remove the viewpoint specified by viewpoint from the virtual reality animation object h. viewpoint can be either the viewpoint name or the
viewpoint index. This function can remove only one viewpoint at a time. Note You can use this function to remove a viewpoint added by addViewpoint. If you need to remove a viewpoint from a previously defined .wrl file, use a VRML editor.
Examples
Remove the node, Lynx1.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); h.addViewpoint(h.Nodes{2}.VRNode,'children','chaseView','View From Helicopter'); h.removeViewpoint('chaseView');
See Also
addViewpoint
4-312
rrdelta
Compute relative pressure ratio

d = rrdelta(p0, mach, g) d = rrdelta(p0, mach, g) computes m pressure relative ratios, d, from m static pressures, p0, m Mach numbers, mach, and m specific heat ratios, g. p0 must be in pascals.
Examples
Determine the relative pressure ratio for three pressures:

delta = rrdelta([101325 22632.0672 4328.1393], 0.5, 1.4)
delta = 1.1862 0.2650 0.0507
Determine the relative pressure ratio for three pressures and three different heat ratios:
delta = rrdelta([101325 22632.0672 4328.1393], 0.5, [1.4 1.35 1.4])
delta = 1.1862 0.2635 0.0507
Determine the relative pressure ratio for three pressures at three different conditions:
delta = rrdelta([101325 22632.0672 4328.1393], [0.5 1 2], [1.4 1.35 1.4])
delta = 1.1862 0.4161 0.3342
4-313
rrdelta
For cases in which total pressure ratio is desired (Mach number is nonzero), the total pressures are calculated assuming perfect gas (with constant molecular weight, constant pressure specific heat, and constant specific heat ratio) and dry air. Aeronautical Vestpocket Handbook, United Technologies Pratt & Whitney, August, 1986
rrsigma | rrtheta
4-314
rrsigma
Compute relative density ratio

s = rrsigma(rho, mach, g) s = rrsigma(rho, mach, g) computes m density relative ratios, s, from m static densities, rho, m Mach numbers, mach, and m specific heat ratios, g. rho must be in kilograms per meter cubed.
Examples
Determine the relative density ratio for three densities:

sigma = rrsigma([1.225 0.3639 0.0953], 0.5, 1.4)
sigma = 1.1297 0.3356 0.0879
Determine the relative density ratio for three densities and three different heat ratios:
sigma = rrsigma([1.225 0.3639 0.0953], 0.5, [1.4 1.35 1.4])
sigma = 1.1297 0.3357 0.0879
Determine the relative density ratio for three densities at three different conditions:
sigma = rrsigma([1.225 0.3639 0.0953], [0.5 1 2], [1.4 1.35 1.4])
sigma = 1.1297 0.4709 0.3382
4-315
rrsigma
For cases in which total density ratio is desired (Mach number is nonzero), the total density is calculated assuming perfect gas (with constant molecular weight, constant pressure specific heat, and constant specific heat ratio) and dry air. Aeronautical Vestpocket Handbook, United Technologies Pratt & Whitney, August, 1986
rrdelta | rrtheta
4-316
rrtheta
Compute relative temperature ratio

th = rrtheta(t0, mach, g) th = rrtheta(t0, mach, g) computes m temperature relative ratios, th, from m static temperatures, t0, m Mach numbers, mach, and m specific heat ratios, g. t0 must be in kelvin.
Examples
Determine the relative temperature ratio for three temperatures:

th = rrtheta([273.15 310.9278 373.15], 0.5, 1.4)
th = 0.9953 1.1330 1.3597
Determine the relative temperature ratio for three temperatures and three different heat ratios:
th = rrtheta([273.15 310.9278 373.15], 0.5, [1.4 1.35 1.4])
th = 0.9953 1.1263 1.3597
Determine the relative temperature ratio for three temperatures at three different conditions:
th = rrtheta([273.15 310.9278 373.15], [0.5 1 2], [1.4 1.35 1.4])
th = 0.9953 1.2679 2.3310
4-317
rrtheta
For cases in which total temperature ratio is desired (Mach number is nonzero), the total temperature is calculated assuming perfect gas (with constant molecular weight, constant pressure specific heat, and constant specific heat ratio) and dry air. Aeronautical Vestpocket Handbook, United Technologies Pratt & Whitney, August, 1986
rrdelta | rrsigma
4-318
saveas (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Save virtual reality world associated with virtual reality animation object
saveas(h, filename) h.saveas(filename) saveas(h, filename) and h.saveas(filename) save the world associated with the virtual reality animation object, h, into the .wrl file name specified in the filename variable. After saving, this function
reinitializes the virtual reality animation object from the saved world.
Examples
Save the world associated with h.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); h.saveas([tempdir,'my_asttkoff.wrl']);
4-319
SetTimer (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Purpose Syntax
Set name of timer for animation of FlightGear flight simulator

SetTimer(h) h.SetTimer SetTimer(h, MyFGTimer) h.SetTimer('MyFGTimer') SetTimer(h) and h.SetTimer set the name of the MATLAB timer for the animation of the FlightGear flight simulator. SetTimer(h, MyFGTimer) and h.SetTimer('MyFGTimer') set the name of the
Description
MATLAB timer for the animation of the FlightGear flight simulator and assign a custom name to the timer. You can use this function to customize your FlightGear animation object. This customization allows you to simultaneously run multiple FlightGear objects if you want to use Multiple FlightGear sessions Different ports to connect to those sessions
Examples
Set the MATLAB timer for animation of the FlightGear animation object, h:
h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation h.SetTimer
Set the MATLAB timer used for animation of the FlightGear animation object, h, and assign a custom name, MyFGTimer, to the timer:
h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation h.SetTimer('MyFGTimer')
See Also
ClearTimer
4-320
Aero.Animation.show
Show animation object figure

show(h) h.show show(h) and h.show create the figure graphics object for the animation object h. Use the Aero.Animation.hide function to close the figure.
Animation object.
Show the animation object, h.

h = Aero.Animation; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); h.show;
4-321
update (Aero.Body)
Change body position and orientation as function of time

update(h,t) h.update(t) update(h,t) and h.update(t) change body position and orientation of body h as a function of time t. t is a scalar in seconds.
Note This function requires that you load the body geometry and time series data first.
Examples
Update the body b with time in seconds of 5.

b=Aero.Body; b.load('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); tsdata = [ ... 0, 1,1,1, 0,0,0; ... 10 2,2,2, 1,1,1; ]; b.TimeSeriesSource = tsdata; b.update(5);
See Also
load
4-322
update (Aero.Camera)
Update camera position based on time and position of other Aero.Body objects
update(h,newtime,bodies) h.update(newtime,bodies) update(h,newtime,bodies) and h.update(newtime,bodies) update the camera object, h, position and aim point data based on the new time, newtime, and position of other Aero.Body objects, bodies. This function updates the camera object PrevTime property to newtime. Aero.Animation.play
See Also
4-323
update (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
Update position data to FlightGear animation object

update(h,time) h.update(time) update(h,time) and h.update(time) update the position data to the FlightGear animation object via UDP. It sets the new position and attitude of body h. time is a scalar in seconds.
Note This function requires that you load the time series data and run FlightGear first.
Examples
Configure a body with TimeSeriesSource set to simdata, then update the body with time time equal to 0.
h = Aero.FlightGearAnimation; h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5; load simdata; h.TimeSeriesSource = simdata; t = 0; h.update(t);
See Also
GenerateRunScript | initialize | play
4-324
update (Aero.Node)
Change node position and orientation versus time data

update(h,t) h.update(t) update(h,t) and h.update(t) change node position and orientation of node h as a function of time t. t is a scalar in seconds.
Note This function requires that you load the node and time series data first.
Examples
Move the Lynx body.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); load takeoffData h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSource = takeoffData; h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSourceType = 'StructureWithTime'; h.Nodes{7}.update(5);
See Also
updateNodes
4-325
Aero.Animation.updateBodies
Update bodies of animation object

h = updateBodies(time) h.updateBodies(time) h = updateBodies(time) and h.updateBodies(time) set the new position and attitude of movable bodies in the animation object h. This function updates the bodies contained in the animation object h. time is a scalar in seconds.
Examples
Configure a body with TimeSeriesSource set to simdata, then update the body with time t equal to 0.
h = Aero.Animation; h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); load simdata; h.Bodies{1}.TimeSeriesSource = simdata; t = 0; h.updateBodies(t);
4-326
Aero.Animation.updateCamera
Update camera in animation object

updateCamera(h,time) h.updateCamera(time) updateCamera(h,time) and h.updateCamera(time) update the camera in the animation object h. time is a scalar in seconds.
Note The PositionFcn property of a camera object controls the camera position relative to the bodies in the animation. The default camera PositionFcn follows the path of a first order chase vehicle. Therefore, it takes a few steps for the camera to position itself correctly in the chase plane position.
h time
Animation object. Scalar in seconds.
Configure a body with TimeSeriesSource set to simdata, then update the camera with time t equal to 0.
h = Aero.Animation; h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5; idx1 = h.createBody('pa24-250_orange.ac','Ac3d'); load simdata; h.Bodies{1}.TimeSeriesSource = simdata; t = 0; h.updateCamera(t);
4-327
updateNodes (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Change virtual reality animation node position and orientation as function of time
updateNodes(h,t) h.updateNotes(t) updateNodes(h,t) and h.updateNotes(t) change node position and orientation of body h as a function of time t. t is a scalar in seconds.
Note This function requires that you load the node and time series data first.
Examples
Update the node h with time in 5 seconds.

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation; h.FramesPerSecond = 10; h.TimeScaling = 5; h.VRWorldFilename = [matlabroot,'/toolbox/aero/astdemos/asttkoff.wrl']; copyfile(h.VRWorldFilename,[tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl'],'f'); h.VRWorldFilename = [tempdir,'asttkoff.wrl']; h.initialize(); load takeoffData h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSource = takeoffData; h.Nodes{7}.TimeseriesSourceType = 'StructureWithTime'; h.Nodes{7}.CoordTransformFcn = @vranimCustomTransform; h.updateNodes(5);
See Also
addNode | update
4-328
Viewpoint (Aero.Viewpoint)
Create viewpoint object for use in virtual reality animation

h = Aero.Viewpoint h = Aero.Viewpoint creates a viewpoint object for use with virtual
reality animation. See Aero.Viewpoint for further details.
4-329
VirtualRealityAnimation (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
Construct virtual reality animation object

h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation h = Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation constructs a virtual reality animation object. The animation object is returned to h.
See Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation for further details.
See Also
4-330
wrldmagm
Purpose
Use World Magnetic Model Note The '2000' or '2005' epoch year are outdated. For model years between 2000 and the start of 2010, use igrf11magm. For model years between 2010 and the start of 2015, use wrldmagm.
Syntax
[xyz, h, dec, [xyz, h, dec, '2010') [xyz, h, dec, '2005') [xyz, h, dec, '2000')
dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear) dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear, dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear, dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear,
Description
[xyz, h, dec, dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear)
calculates the Earths magnetic field at a specific location and time using the World Magnetic Model (WMM). The default WMM is WMM-2010, which is valid from January 1, 2010, until December 31, 2014. Inputs required by wrldmagm are:
height lat
A scalar value, in meters A scalar geodetic latitude, in degrees, where north latitude is positive, and south latitude is negative A scalar geodetic longitude, in degrees, where east longitude is positive, and west longitude is negative A scalar decimal year. Decimal year is the desired year in a decimal format to include any fraction of the year that has already passed.
lon
dyear
Outputs calculated for the Earths magnetic field include:
4-331
wrldmagm
xyz h dec dip f
Magnetic field vector in nanotesla (nT) Horizontal intensity in nanotesla (nT) Declination in degrees Inclination in degrees Total intensity in nanotesla (nT)
[xyz, h, dec, dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear, '2010') is an alternate method for calling WMM-2010, or 2010 epoch. [xyz, h, dec, dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear, '2005') is an alternate method for calling WMM-2005, or 2005 epoch. [xyz, h, dec, dip, f] = wrldmagm(height, lat, lon, dyear, '2000') is the method for calling WMM-2000, or 2000 epoch.
Examples
Calculate the magnetic model 1000 meters over Natick, Massachusetts on July 4, 2010, using WMM-2010:
[XYZ, H, DEC, DIP, F] = wrldmagm(1000, 42.283, -71.35, decyear(2010,7,4),'2010') XYZ = 1.0e+004 * 1.9229 -0.5139 4.8865 H = 1.9904e+004 DEC = -14.9627
4-332
wrldmagm
DIP = 67.8376 F = 5.2763e+004
The WMM specification produces data that is reliable five years after the epoch of the model, which begins January 1 of the model year selected. The WMM specification describes only the long-wavelength spatial magnetic fluctuations due to the Earths core. Intermediate and short-wavelength fluctuations, contributed from the crustal field (the mantle and crust), are not included. Also, the substantial fluctuations of the geomagnetic field, which occur constantly during magnetic storms and almost constantly in the disturbance field (auroral zones), are not included.
http://www.ngdc.noaa.gov/geomag/WMM/DoDWMM.shtml
References
NOAA Technical Report: The US/UK World Magnetic Model for 20052010
See Also
decyear
4-333
Aero.Animation.Bodies property
Purpose Values
Specify name of animation object

MATLAB array
Default: [ ]
Description
This property specifies the bodies that the animation object contains.
4-334
Aero.Animation.Camera property
Purpose Values
Specify camera that animation object contains

handle
Default: [ ]
Description
This property specifies the camera that the animation object contains.
4-335
Aero.Animation.Figure property
Purpose Values
Specify name of figure object

MATLAB array
Default: [ ]
Description
This property specifies the name of the figure object.
4-336
Aero.Animation.FigureCustomizationFcn property
Purpose Values
Specify figure customization function

MATLAB array
Default: [ ]
Description
This property specifies the figure customization function.
4-337
Aero.Animation.FramesPerSecond property
Purpose Values
Animation rate
MATLAB array
Default: 12
Description
This property specifies rate in frames per second.
4-338
Aero.Animation.Name property
Purpose Values
Specify name of animation object

String
Default: '
'
Description
This property specifies the name of the animation object.
4-339
Aero.Animation.TCurrent property
Purpose Values
Current time
double
Default: 0
Description
This property specifies the current time.
4-340
Aero.Animation.TFinal property
Purpose Values
End time
double
Default: NaN
Description
This property specifies the end time.
4-341
Aero.Animation.TimeScaling property
Purpose Values
Scaling time
double
Default: 1
Description
This property specifies the time, in seconds.
4-342
Aero.Animation.TStart property
Purpose Values
Start time
double
Default: NaN
Description
This property specifies the start time.
4-343
Aero.Animation.TStart
4-344
A
Overview
Aerospace Toolbox demos use the following AC3D files, located in the matlabroot\toolbox\aero\astdemos folder. For other AC3D files, see http://www.flightgear.org/Downloads/ and click the Download Aircraft link. Thumbnail AC3D File
ac3d_xyzisrgb.ac
blueoctagon.ac
bluewedge.ac body_xyzisrgb.ac
delta2.ac
greenarrow.ac pa24 250_blue.ac
pa24 250_orange.ac
A-2
Overview
Thumbnail
AC3D File
redwedge.ac
testrocket.ac
A-3
A-4
Index
A
Index
AC3D files A-2

addBody (Aero.Animation) function 4-2 addNode (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
function 4-3
addRoute (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
function 4-4
function 4-5 Aero.Animation example 2-27 flight simulator overview 2-27 introducing 2-26 Aero.Animation object 4-9 Aero.Body object 4-10 Aero.Camera object 4-14 Aero.FlightGearAnimation demo 2-59 introducing 2-26 Aero.FlightGearAnimation object 4-16 Aero.Geometry object 4-20 Aero.Node object 4-22 Aero.Viewpoint function 4-26 Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation example 2-36 flight simulator overview 2-36 introducing 2-26 Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation object 4-27 Aerospace Toolbox 3-D flight data playback 2-26 AC3D files A-2 animation objects 2-26 coordinate systems 2-2 flight data file access 2-14 aerospace units definition 2-12 airspeed function 4-30 alphabeta function 4-31 angle2dcm function 4-33
angle2quat function 4-36 animation objects introducing 2-26 atmoscira function 4-41 atmoscoesa function 4-38 atmosisa function 4-48 atmoslapse function 4-51 atmosnonstd function 4-54 atmosnrlmsise00 function 4-60 atmospalt function 4-72
B
Bodies properties 4-334 Body (Aero.Body) function 4-74
body coordinates 2-4
C
Camera properties 4-335 Camera (Aero.Camera) function 4-75 ClearTimer(Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
function 4-76
convacc function 4-77 convang function 4-79 convangacc function 4-81 convangvel function 4-83 convdensity function 4-85 convforce function 4-87 convlength function 4-89 convmass function 4-91 convpres function 4-93 convtemp function 4-95 convvel function 4-97
coordinate systems 2-2 approximations 2-3 body coordinates 2-4 definition 2-2
Index-1
Index
display 2-10 Earth-centered coordinates 2-9 ECEF coordinates 2-10 ECI coordinates 2-9 geocentric and geodetic latitudes 2-7 modeling 2-4 motion with respect to other planets 2-3 navigation 2-7 NED coordinates 2-8 references 2-11 rotational degrees of freedom 2-4 2-6 translational degrees of freedom 2-4 to 2-5 wind coordinates 2-5 correctairspeed function 4-99 createBody (Aero.Animation) function 4-102
example 2-14 importing data 2-15 dpressure function 4-165
E
Earth-centered coordinates 2-9 ECEF coordinates 2-10 ecef2lla function 4-167 ECI coordinates 2-9 examples astimportddatcom 2-14 astmlanim 2-27 astvranim 2-36 type astdatcom.in 2-14
D
datcomimport function 4-104 dcm2alphabeta function 4-148 dcm2angle function 4-150 dcm2latlon function 4-153 dcm2quat function 4-155 dcmbody2wind function 4-156 dcmecef2ned function 4-158 decyear function 4-160 delete (Aero.Animation) function 4-162 delete (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
F
fganimation (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
function 4-169
Figure properties 4-336 FigureCustomizationFcn properties 4-337 findstartstoptimes (Aero.Body)
function 4-170
findstartstoptimes (Aero.Node)
function 4-171
flat2lla function 4-172
function 4-163
delete (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
function 4-164 demos AC3D files A-2 astfganim 2-52 digital DATCOM examining 2-15 importing 2-14 overview 2-14 plotting aerodynamic coefficients 2-22 digital DATCOM file
FlightGear flight simulator overview 2-52 installing 2-56 obtaining 2-53 flowfanno function 4-177 flowisentropic function 4-183 flownormalshock function 4-188 flowprandtlmeyer function 4-194 flowrayleigh function 4-198
FramesPerSecond properties 4-338
Index-2
Index
functions
dcmbody2wind 4-156 addBody (Aero.Animation) 4-2 dcmecef2ned 4-158 addNode decyear 4-160 (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-3 delete (Aero.Animation) 4-162 AddRoute delete (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-4 (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-163 addViewpoint(Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-5 delete (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-164 Aero.Viewpoint 4-26 airspeed 4-30 dpressure 4-165 alphabeta 4-31 ecef2lla 4-167 angle2dcm 4-33 fganimation (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-169 angle2quat 4-36 atmoscira 4-41 findstartstoptimes (Aero.Body) 4-170 atmoscoesa 4-38 findstartstoptimes (Aero.Node) 4-171 atmosisa 4-48 flat2lla 4-172 atmoslapse 4-51 flowfanno 4-177 atmosnonstd 4-54 flowisentropic 4-183 atmosnrlmsise00 4-60 flownormalshock 4-188 atmospalt 4-72 flowprandtlmeyer 4-194 Body (Aero.Body) 4-74 flowrayleigh 4-198 Camera (Aero.Camera) 4-75 generatePatches (Aero.Body) 4-208 ClearTimer(Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-76 GenerateRunScript (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-209 convacc 4-77 convang 4-79 geoc2geod 4-211 convangacc 4-81 geocradius 4-214 convangvel 4-83 geod2geoc 4-216 convdensity 4-85 geoidegm96 4-218 convforce 4-87 geoidheight 4-221 convlength 4-89 gravitycentrifugal 4-227 convmass 4-91 gravitysphericalharmonic 4-230 convpres 4-93 gravitywgs84 4-237 convtemp 4-95 gravityzonal 4-245 convvel 4-97 hide (Aero.Animation) 4-252 correctairspeed 4-99 igrf11magm 4-253 createBody (Aero.Animation) 4-102 initialize (Aero.Animation) 4-257 datcomimport 4-104 initialize (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-258 dcm2alphabeta 4-148 dcm2angle 4-150 initialize (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-259 dcm2latlon 4-153 dcm2quat 4-155 initIfNeeded (Aero.Animation) 4-260
Index-3
Index
juliandate 4-261 leapyear 4-263 lla2ecef 4-264 lla2flat 4-266 load (Aero.Body) 4-271 machnumber 4-273 mjuliandate 4-275 move (Aero.Body) 4-278 move (Aero.Node) 4-279 moveBody (Aero.Animation) 4-281 Node (Aero.Node) 4-282 nodeInfo (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-283 play (Aero.Animation) 4-284 play (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-288 play (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-292 quat2angle 4-295 quat2dcm 4-297 quatconj 4-299 quatdivide 4-300 quatinv 4-301 quatmod 4-302 quatmultiply 4-303 quatnorm 4-305 quatnormalize 4-306 quatrotate 4-307 read (Aero.Geometry) 4-309 removeBody (Aero.Animation) 4-310 removeNode (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-311 removeViewpoint (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-312 rrdelta 4-313 rrsigma 4-315 rrtheta 4-317 saveas (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-319 SetTimer(Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-320 show (Aero.Animation) 4-321
update (Aero.Body) 4-322 update (Aero.Camera) 4-323 update (Aero.FlightGearAnimation) 4-324 update (Aero.Node) 4-325 updateBodies (Aero.Animation) 4-326 updateCamera (Aero.Animation) 4-327 updateNodes (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-328 Viewpoint (Aero.Viewpoint) 4-329 VirtualRealityAnimation (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation) 4-330 wrldmagm 4-331
G
generatePatches (Aero.Body) function 4-208 GenerateRunScript (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
function 4-209
geoc2geod function 4-211
geocentric and geodetic latitudes 2-7 geocradius function 4-214 geod2geoc function 4-216 geoidegm96 function 4-218 geoidheight function 4-221 Geometry (Aero.Geometry) object 4-226 gravitycentrifugal function 4-227 gravitysphericalharmonic function 4-230 gravitywgs84 function 4-237 gravityzonal function 4-245
H
hide (Aero.Animation) function 4-252
I
igrf11magm function 4-253 importing digital DATCOM data 2-14
Index-4
Index
initialize (Aero.Animation) function 4-257 initialize (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
function 4-258
initialize (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
function 4-259
initIfNeeded (Aero.Animation)
function 4-260
Aero.Animation 4-9 Aero.Body 4-10 Aero.Camera 4-14 Aero.FlightGearAnimation 4-16 Aero.Geometry 4-20 Aero.Node 4-22 Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation 4-27 Geometry (Aero.Geometry) 4-226
J
juliandate function 4-261
P
play (Aero.Animation) function 4-284 play (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
L
leapyear function 4-263 lla2ecef function 4-264 lla2flat function 4-266 load (Aero.Body) function 4-271
function 4-288
M
machnumber function 4-273 mjuliandate function 4-275
function 4-292 properties Bodies 4-334 Camera 4-335 Figure 4-336

FigureCustomizationFcn 4-337 FramesPerSecond 4-338 Name 4-339 TCurrent 4-340 TFinal 4-341 TimeScaling 4-342 TStart 4-343
modeling 2-4
move (Aero.Body) function 4-278 move (Aero.Node) function 4-279 moveBody (Aero.Animation) function 4-281
N
Name properties 4-339
Q
quat2angle function 4-295 quat2dcm function 4-297 quatconj function 4-299 quatdivide function 4-300 quatinv function 4-301 quatmod function 4-302 quatmultiply function 4-303 quatnorm function 4-305 quatnormalize function 4-306 quatrotate function 4-307
navigation 2-7 NED coordinates 2-8 Node (Aero.Node) function 4-282

nodeInfo (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
function 4-283
O
objects
Index-5
Index
R
read (Aero.Geometry) function 4-309 removeBody (Aero.Animation) function 4-310 removeNode (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
TStart properties 4-343
function 4-311
removeViewpoint (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
U
update (Aero.Body) function 4-322 update (Aero.Camera) function 4-323 update (Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
function 4-312 rotational degrees of freedom 2-4 2-6 rrdelta function 4-313 rrsigma function 4-315 rrtheta function 4-317
function 4-324
update (Aero.Node) function 4-325 updateBodies (Aero.Animation)
function 4-326
updateCamera (Aero.Animation)
function 4-327
S
saveas (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
updateNodes (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
function 4-319
SetTimer(Aero.FlightGearAnimation)
function 4-328
function 4-320
show (Aero.Animation) function 4-321
V
Viewpoint (Aero.Viewpoint) function 4-329 VirtualRealityAnimation (Aero.VirtualRealityAnimation)
T
TCurrent properties 4-340 TFinal properties 4-341 TimeScaling properties 4-342
function 4-330
W
wind coordinates 2-5 wrldmagm function 4-331
translational degrees of freedom 2-4 to 2-5
Index-6

Aerospace Toolbox User Guide Matlab

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aerospace Toolbox User Guide Matlab

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Aerospace Toolbox User Guide Matlab

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the main objects and functions described in the document?

What are the main objects and functions described in the document?

What coordinate systems are discussed in the document?

What coordinate systems are discussed in the document?

Aerospace Toolbox Users Guide

How to Contact MathWorks

Web Newsgroup www.mathworks.com/contact_TS.html Technical Support

Using Aerospace Toolbox

3-13 3-14 3-15 3-16 3-17 3-18 3-19

Aerospace Toolbox and Aerospace Blockset

Aerospace Toolbox and Aerospace Blockset

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Defining Coordinate Systems

Fundamental Coordinate System Concepts

Defining Coordinate Systems

Motion with Respect to Other Planets

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Coordinate Systems for Modeling

Rotational Degrees of Freedom. Rotations are defined by the Euler angles

Defining Coordinate Systems

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Defining Coordinate Systems

Coordinate Systems for Navigation

Geocentric and Geodetic Latitudes

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Defining Coordinate Systems

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Coordinate Systems for Display

Defining Coordinate Systems

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Angle Angular acceleration Angular velocity

Force Inertia Length Mass

newton (N) kilogram-meter (kg-m ) meter (m) kilogram (kg)

MKS (SI) pascal (Pa)

Temperature Torque Velocity

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Digital DATCOM Data

Digital DATCOM Data Overview

Example of a USAF Digital DATCOM File

Digital DATCOM Data

Data from DATCOM Files

Imported DATCOM Data

Using Aerospace Toolbox

Digital DATCOM Data

Missing DATCOM Data

-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

Using Aerospace Toolbox

-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

Digital DATCOM Data

9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999

-0.0000 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999 9.9999